Surpass Hit 7500

 

Information SURPASS hiT 7500-B 3.13 Technical Description (TED) A42022-L5961-D251-2-7618

 

Technical Description (TED)

f

Information SURPASS hiT 7500-B 3.13

Important Notice on Product Safety Elevated voltages are inevitably present at specific points in this electrical equipment. Some of the parts may also have elevated operating temperatures. Systems with forced ventilation have rotating items. Non-obs Non-o bser erva vanc nce e of th thes ese e condi conditi tions ons and and th the e safet safety y in inst stru ruct ctio ions ns can re resu sult lt in pe pers rsona onall in inju jury ry or in propproperty damage. Th The e syst system em compl complie ies s wi with th th the e st stan andar dard d EN 6095 60950 0 / IE IEC C 60950 60950.. Al Alll equip equipme ment nt conn connec ected ted has to comp comply ly with the applicable safety standards. Mount the systems in areas with restricted access only. Only trained and qualified personnel may install, operate, and maintain the systems.

The same text in German: Wichtiger Hinweis zur Produktsicherheit In elektri elektrisch schen en Anlage Anlagen n stehen stehen zwangsl zwangsläufi äufig g bestimm bestimmte te Teil Teile e der Geräte Geräte unter unter Spannun Spannung. g. Einige Einige Teile Teile können auc können auch h eine hohe hohe Betrie Betriebst bstempe emperat ratur ur aufwei aufweisen sen.. Anlage Anlagen n mit Zwangsb Zwangsbelü elüftu ftung ng haben haben drehend drehende e Teile. Eine Nichtbeachtung dieser Situation und der Warnungshinweise kann zu Körperverletzungen und Sachschäden führen. Das System entspricht den Anforderungen der EN 60950 / IEC 60950. Angeschlossene Geräte müssen die zutreffenden Sicherheitsbestimmungen erfüllen. Die Anlagen dürfen nur in Betriebsstätten mit beschränktem Zutritt aufgebaut werden. Die Anlagen dürfen nur durch geschultes und qualifiziertes Personal installiert, betrieben und gewartet werden.

Trademarks: All designations used in this document can be trademarks, the use of which by third parties for their own purposes could violate the rights of their owners.

Copyright (C) Siemens AG 2005-2006. Issued by the Communications Group Hofmannstraße 51 D-81359 München Technical modifications possible. Technical specifications and features are binding only insofar as they are specifically and expressly agreed upon in a written contract.

2

A42022-L5961-D251-2-7618

 

Information SURPASS hiT 7500-B 3.13

Technical Description (TED)

This document consists of a total of 122 pages. All pages are issue 2.

Contents 1 1.1 1.1.1 1.1.2 1.1. 1.3 3 1. 1.2

Notes on this documentation  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Symbols us used in in th this do documentation  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Symbol for warnings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Symbols for notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Symb Sy mbol ols s for for me menu nu di disp spla lays ys an and d tex textt inp input uts s. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Notes on licensed software . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

13 13 13 13 13 13

2 2.1 2.2 2.3 2.4 2.5

Introduction to SURPASS hiT 7500-B  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . General functionality . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Highlights  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Applications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Wavelength ban and ds / frequ que ency spacing  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Compatibility with other systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

14 14 15 16 17 18

3 3.1 3.1.1

System functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19 Optical transmission functions  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19 Laser safety  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19

3. 3.1. 1.1. 1.1 1 3.1.1. .1.2 2 3.1 3. 3.1. 1.2 2 3.1.3 3.1. 3 3.1.3. .3.1 1 3.1 3.1.3.2 3.1.3. 2 3.1. 1.3. 3.3 3 3. 3. 3.1. 1.3. 3.4 4 3.1.3. .3.5 5 3.1 3.2 3.3 3.3.1 3.3.2 3.3. 2

Laserr safe Lase safety ty of of DWDM DWDM equ equip ipme ment nt  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Laser Las er saf safety ety of tran transpo sponde nderr equi equipme pment nt  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Supe Su perr For Forwa ward rd Er Erro rorr Cor Corre rect ctio ion n (S(S-FE FEC) C) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Opti Op tica call con contr trol ol an and d man manag agem emen entt  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Basic Bas ic Beh Behavi avior or of Bas Basic ic Lin Link k Cont Control rol  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Optica Opt icall lin link k com commis missio sionin ning g pro procedu cedures res.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Drop Dr op Ch Chan anne nell Con Contr trol ol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ASE AS E corr correc ecti tion on .  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Span Spa n los loss s sup superv ervisi ision on and cor correc rectio tion n. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Synchronization  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . System management  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NE su supe perrvision an and co contro roll . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Data Da ta Co Comm mmun uniica cati tion on Net Netw wor ork k (DC (DCN) N).. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

19 21 22 22 23 27 27 27 28 28 28 28 29

3.3. 3.3 3 3. 3. 3.3. 3.4 4 3.3.5 3.3.6 3.3.7 3.4 3.5 3.5.1 3.5.1.1 3. 3.5. 5.1. 1.2 2 3.5. 5.1. 1.3 3 3. 3. 3.5. 5.1. 1.4 4 3.5.2 3.6 3.7

Op Opti tica cal lcSupe Su perv rvis isor ory y Chan Ch anne nelanne l (OS (O Sls C)(G . .CCs) . . s) . . .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. Gene Ge neri ric Commu Com muni nica cati tion on Chan Ch nels (GCC EOW in interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . User da data ch channels (s (sV.11)  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Teleme mettry in interfac ace e (T (TIF)  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Performance me measurements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fault management  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Alarms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Alar arm m ty types . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Alar Al arm m filt filter erin ing g  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Alarm Al arm sig signa nals ls and and LED ind indic icat atio ions ns . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Eleme El ement nt Mana Manage gerr alarm alarm di disp spla lay y................................. AIS behavior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Protection switching  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Loopback behavior  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

29 30 30 31 31 32 32 32 32 33 33 34 34 35 36

A42022-L5961-D251-2-7618

3

 

Technical Description (TED)

3.7.1 3.7.1.1 1.1 3.7. 3.7.1.2 3.7.1 .2 3.7.1.3 3.7.1.3

OCR10T loopbacks  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36 OCR10TOCR 10T-V3 V3 wit with h clie client nt int interfa erface ce loo loopbac pback k  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36 OCR1 OC R10T 0T wit with h path path (ODU (ODU2) 2) loo loopba pback ck (client mode SDH/SONET or LAN [V5]) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36 OCR10TOCR 10T-V5/ V5/LH/ LH/LH2 LH2/Re /Regio gio2 2 with with path (ODU2 (ODU2)) loopbac loopback k (client mode OTU2 or OTU2LAN [V5]). [V5]). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37

3.7.1.4 1.4 3.7. 3.7.2 3. 3.7.2 7.2.1 .1 3.7.2.2 2.2 3.7. 3.7.2.3 3.7.2 .3 3. 3.7. 7.3 3

OCR10T-V3 OCR10TV3 with with both pat path h and cli client ent loo loopbac pbacks ks  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37 TEX lo loopbacks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37 TEX TE X V3 wit with h path path (OD (ODU2 U2)) loopb loopbac ack k  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37 TEX V5/ V5/LH/ LH/LH2 LH2/Re /Regio gio2 2 with with path path (ODU2) (ODU2) loopb loopback ack.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38 TEX TE X with with pat path h (ODU (ODU1) 1) loop loopba back ck . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38 TEX TE X LH2 LH2 an and d TEX TEX Re Regi gio2 o2 lo loop opba back cks s  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38

4 4.1 4.2 4.3 3 4. 4.4 4.5

Network element and subsystem types . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39 Optical Transpor ortt Te Term rmiinal Ba Basic (O (OTT TTB B)  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39 Optical Li Line Re Repeater Ba Basic (O (OLRB) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39 Opti Op tic cal Add dd/D /Dro rop p Mu Mult ltip iple lexe xerr Ba Basi sic c (O (OA ADM DMB) B).. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39 Optical Chan ann nel Connection Unit (CCU)  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40 Optical Channel Unit (OCU) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40

5 5.1 5.2 5.3 5.3. 3.1 1 5.3.2 3.2 5. 5.3.3 3.3 5. 5. 5.3. 3.4 4 5.3.5 3.5 5.

Cards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41 Card types overview. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41 Card power supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43 Card descriptions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44 Main Control Unit (MCU)  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44 Mana Ma nage gemen mentt Info Informa rmati tion on Bas Base e modul module e (MIB (MIBS3 S32-2 2-2,, MIBS MIBS256 256)) . . . . . . . . . . 45 Opti Op tica call chan channe nell amp amplilifi fier ers s and and cha chann nnel el sw swit itch ches es (O (OCS CS)) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45 Opti Op tica call Ch Chan anne nell Pr Prot otec ecti tion on (O (OCP CP-V -V2) 2) .  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45 Opti Op tica call Ch Chann annel el Re Repe peat ater er 10 Gb Gbit it/s /s Re Rege gener nerat ator or (OCR10R-V3, OCR10R-V5, OCR10R-LH2, OCR10R-Regio2) . . . . . . . . . . 46 Opti Op tica call Ch Chann annel el Re Repe peat ater er 10 Gb Gbit it/s /s Tra Trans nspo pond nder er (OCR10T-V3, OCR10T-V5, OCR10T-LH2, OCR10T-Regio2)  . . . . . . . . . . 46 Opti Op tica call mult multip iple lexe xers rs and and dem demul ulti tipl plex exer ers s for for 10 ch chan annel nels s (OM10, OD10, ODA10) . ODA10)  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47

5. 5.3.6 3.6 5. 5.3.7 3.7

5.3.8 8 5.3. 5. 5.3.9 3.9 5.3.10 10 5.3. 5.3. 5.3.11 11 5.3.12 12 5.3. 5. 5.3. 3.13 13 5.3. 3.14 14 5. 5. 5.3.1 3.15 5 5.3.16 16 5.3. 5.3. 3.17 17 5. 5.3. 18 5.3.18 5.3. 5.3.19 19 5.3.20 5.3. 20

4

Information SURPASS hiT 7500-B 3.13

Opt Optica ical fine ilter er wterf ith multip mul er orry demulti demu ltiple plexer for channel cha (.OF10) 47 Opti Op tica calll lin lfilt e inte inwith rfac ace e tiplex sulexer super pervi viso sory chann cha nnel el xer feeder feed er 10 (OLIF (OL IF)) nnels . . . .s. (OF1 . . . 0) . . . .. .. .. .. 47 Optica Opt icall inli inline ne ampl amplifi ifiers ers (OL (OLIMI IMINC, NC, OLI OLISIN SINC, C, OLIV OLIVINC INC)) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48 Optica Opt icall booste boosterr amplif amplifier iers s (OLIMTB (OLIMTBNC, NC, OLIS OLISTBN TBNC, C, OLIVT OLIVTBNC BNC)). . . . . . . . 48 Optica Opt icall pream preampli plifie fiers rs (OLI (OLIMTP MTPNC, NC, OLIS OLISTPN TPNC, C, OLIV OLIVTPN TPNC) C)  . . . . . . . . . . . 48 Opti Op tica call band band fil filte ters rs (OM (OMDF DFC) C).. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49 Opti Op tica call band band fil filte ters rs (OM (OMD4 D4C) C).. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49 Opti Op tica call Per Perfor forma manc nce e Anal Analyz yzer er (OP (OPAP APC) C) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49 Optica Opt icall Super Supervis visory ory Cha Channe nnell cards cards (OS (OSCTU CTUI, I, OSC OSCTUT) TUT) .  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 Pump Pu mp ca card rds s (PU (PUMP MPA, A, PU PUMP MPB) B).. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51 Ram aman an pu pump mp car card d (RP (RPU UMP MP)) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51 Bus term termina inatio tion n resist resistors ors and and CAN CAN bus bus repea repeater/ ter/amp amplif lifier ier (SAB) . (SAB)  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52 Subr Su brac ack k Mana Manage geme ment nt Uni Unitt (SMU (SMU2) 2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52

A42022-L5961-D251-2-7618

 

Information SURPASS hiT 7500-B 3.13

5.3. 21 5.3.21

Technical Description (TED)

5.3.22 .22 5.3 5.3.23 5.3.23

Bidirec Bidi recti tion onal al mult multip iple lexi xing ng trans transpo pond nders ers (TEX V3, TEX TEX V5, TEX LH2, TEX TEX Regio2 Regio2)) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52 Unidir Uni direct ection ional al disp dispers ersion ion comp compens ensati ation on modul modules es (UDC (UDCMCs MCs))  . . . . . . . . . . 53 Unidir Uni direct ection ional al dispe dispersi rsion on compe compensa nsatio tion n module module Brag Bragg g (UDCMB (UDCMB)) . . . . . . . 53

6 6.1 6.1.1 6.1. 1.2 2 6. 6. 6.1. 1.2. 2.1 1 6.1.2. .2.2 2 6.1 6.1.3 6.2 6.2.1 6.2. 2.2 2 6. 6.2.3 6.2.4 6.2.4.1 6. 6.2. 2.4. 4.2 2 6.2.5

Mechanical design  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Racks  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . General rack design  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pow Po wer di dist stri ribu buti tion on in th the e ra rack ck .  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Powe Po werr Dist Distri ribut butio ion n Pane Panell (PDP (PDP))  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Low Vol Voltag tage e Dis Discon connec nectt dev device ice (LV (LVD) D) .  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . UDCMC tray . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Subracks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Genera rall subrack design  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Netw Ne twor ork k Elem Elemen entt Alar Alarm m Pane Panell (NE (NEAP AP)) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Connector Pane nell (COPA)  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Forced ventilation  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fan un units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Airf Ai rfllow gu guid ides es .  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Blan ank k pa panels an and fa faceplates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

54 54 55 55 55 55 55 55 55 57 58 60 60 61 61

6.3 6.3.1 6.3.1. 6.3. 1.1 1 6.3. 3.1. 1.2 2 6. 6.3.2 6.3. 3.2. 2.1 1 6. 6.3.2.2 6.3.2.3 6.3.3

Cards  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Basic card design  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SIPA SI PAC C co conn nnec ecto tors rs.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Inse In serti rtion on an and d remo remova vall aid aids s  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Card front elements  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fibe Fi berr co conn nnec ecto tors rs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LEDs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Debug por ortt  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SFP modules  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

62 62 64 64 64 64 65 66 66

7 7.1 7.2 7.2.1

Commissioning, startup and maintenance  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Commissioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Startup  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cold start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

68 68 68 68

7.2.2 7.3

Warm start  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68 Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68

8 8.1 8.1.1 8. 8.1. 1.2 2 8. 8.2 2 8.2. 2.1 1 8. 8. 8.2. 2.1. 1.1 1 8.2.1.2 8. 8.2. 2.2 2 8.3 8.4 8.5

Network management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Access an and se security ma management  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NE access management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . User Us er sec secur urit ity y mana manage geme ment nt and and acc acces ess s cont contro roll  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Netw Ne twor ork k man manag agem emen entt int inter erfa face ces s and and ar arch chit itec ectu ture re . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Netw Ne twor ork k man manag agem emen entt int inter erfa face ces s ................................ Q3 in inte terf rfac ace e  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F in inter erfface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Netw Ne twor ork k mana manage geme ment nt arc archi hite tect ctur ure e. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TNMS CT  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . @CT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TNMS Core/CDM  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

A42022-L5961-D251-2-7618

70 71 71 71 72 72 72 72 72 73 75 75

5

 

Technical Description (TED)

Information SURPASS hiT 7500-B 3.13

8.6

SURPASS hi hiT 75 7500-B El Element Ma Manager  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77

9 9.1 9.1 9.2 2 9.

TransNet network planning tool . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80 Desi De sign gnin ing g and and cr crea eati ting ng a SUR SURPA PASS SS hi hiT T 750 75000-B B net netwo work rk st stru ruct ctur ure e  . . . . . . 81 Ass ssig igni ning ng eq equi uipm pmen entt an and d pl plan anni ning ng DW DWD DM ro rout utes es for SURPA SURPASS SS hiT 7500-B networks networks.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82

10 10.1 10.2 10.3 10.3.1 10.3.1 10 10.3 .3.2 .2

Technical data  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84 Physical layers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84 External interfaces . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85 Traffic cards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88 Optica Opt icall super supervis visory ory cha channel nnel car cards ds (OS (OSCTU CTUI, I, OSC OSCTUT TUT)) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88 Opti Op tica call lin line e ampl amplif ifie ierr card cards s (OLIMTPNC, OLISTPNC, OLIVTPNC, OLIMTBNC, OLISTBNC, OLIVTBNC, OLIMINC, OLISINC, OLIVINC)  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88 Optica Opt icall line line int interf erface ace sup supervi ervisor sory y chann channel el feede feederr (OLIF (OLIF)) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90 Opti Op tica call pum pump p car cards ds (P (PUM UMPA PA,, PUM PUMPB PB)) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90 Opti Op tica call Ra Raman man pu pump mp ca card rd (R (RPU PUMP MP)) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90 Opti Op tica call ba band nd fi filt lter er ca card rd (OMD4)  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90 Opti Op tica call ba band nd fi filt lter er ca card rd

10.3.3 .3 10.3 10 10.3. .3.4 4 10.3. .3.5 5 10 10.3 .3.6 .6 10 10.3 .3.7 .7 10

(OMDFC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91 (OMDFC) . Optica Opt icall multi multiple plexer xer and demu demulti ltiple plexer xer card cards s for for 10 chann channels els (OM10, OD10, ODA10) . ODA10)  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91 10.3 .3.9 .9 Op Opti tic cal Fi Fillte terr (OF (OF10 10)). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92 10 10.3 10.3.10 .10 Opt Optica icall performa performance nce analy analyzer zer card card (OPAPC) (OPAPC)  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92 10.3.11 .11 Opt Optica icall chann channel el swi switch tch car card d 10.3 (OCS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92 10.3.12 Dispe Dispersion rsion compen compensation sation module modules s basic (UDCMB (UDCMBs) s)  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93 Dispersion rsion compen compensation sation module modules s (UDCMCs (UDCMCs)) and UDCM tray tray .  . . . . . . . . . 93 10.3.13 Dispe 10.3.14 10.3. 14 Tr Tran ansp spond onder er ca cards rds.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93 10.3.14.1OCR10T-V3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93 10.3.14.2OCR10T-V5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95 10.3.14.3OCR10T-LH2 and OCR10T-Regio2  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96 10.3.14.4TEX .4TEX V3 V3.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98 10.3.14 10.3.14.5TEX .5TEX V5 V5.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99 10.3.14 10.3.14.6TEX LH2 and TEX Regio2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100 10.3.15 10.3. 15 Re Regen gener erat ator or ca card rds s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102 10.3.15.1OCR10R-V3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102 10.3.15.2OCR10R-V5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103 10.3.15.3OCR10R-LH2 and OCR10R-Regio2 . OCR10R-Regio2  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103 10.3.16 Optica icall Channel Channel Prote Protecti ction on card card (OCP-V2 (OCP-V2)) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105 10.3.16 Opt 10.4 Supervision and control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106 10 10.4 .4.1 .1 Ma Main in Co Cont ntro roll Uni Unitt (MC (MCU) U) .  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106 10.4.2 .2 Man Manage agement ment inf informa ormatio tion n bas base e (MIB (MIBS32 S32-2, -2, MIB MIBS25 S256) 6)  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106 10.4 10.4.3 SAB module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106 10.4 .4.4 .4 Su Subr brac ack k mana manage geme ment nt uni unitt (SMU (SMU2) 2) .  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106 10 10 10.4. .4.5 5 Data Da ta Co Comm mmun unic icat atio ion n Ne Netw twor ork k (D (DCN CN))  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107 10.3.8 .8 10.3

10.5

6

Power supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107

A42022-L5961-D251-2-7618

 

Information SURPASS hiT 7500-B 3.13

Technical Description (TED)

10.5 .1 10.5.1 10 10.5 .5.2 .2 10.5 .5.3 .3 10 10.5.4 10.5.4 10.5.5 10.6

Rack an Rack and d sub subra rack ck po powe werr sup suppl ply y. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Low Lo w Vo Volt ltag age e Di Disr srup uptt De Devi vice ce (L (LVD VD)) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Elec El ectri trica call power power cons consum umpti ption on of the the subra subrack cks s  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Electr Ele ctrica icall powe powerr cons consump umption tion of the card cards s and and uni units ts .  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ULED bus  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Environmental co conditions  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

107 107 107 108 109 109

10.7 10.8 10.9 10.9

Mechani nic cal da data of of th the su subracks  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110 Mechanical da data of of th the ra racks  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111 PC req requi uire reme ments nts fo forr run runni ning ng th the e Ele Eleme ment nt Ma Mana nage gerr sof softw twar are e . . . . . . . . . . 111

11

Abbreviations  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113

12

Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119

A42022-L5961-D251-2-7618

7

 

Technical Description (TED)

Information SURPASS hiT 7500-B 3.13

Illustrations

8

Fi Fig. g. 2. 2.1 1

SURP SU RPA ASS hi hiT T 750 75000-B B in in net netwo work rk en envi viro ronm nmen entt  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14

Fi Fig. g. 2. 2.2 2

SURP SU RPAS ASS S hiT hiT 7500 7500-B -B gen gener eral al net netwo work rk app appli lica cati tion on sce scena nari rio o . . . . . . . . . 16

Fig. 2.3

Basic st structure (e (example) of the SURPASS hiT 7500-B optical network system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17

Fi Fig. g. 2. 2.4 4

Exampl Exam ple e for for freq freque uenc ncy y / wave wavele leng ngth th dem demul ulti tipl plex exin ing g sche scheme me (40 channels)  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17

Fi Fig. g. 2. 2.5 5

Exampl Exam ple e for for freq freque uenc ncy y / wave wavele leng ngth th dem demul ulti tipl plex exin ing g sche scheme me (8 channels)  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18

Fi Fig. g. 3. 3.1 1

Exampl Exam ple e (bas (basic ic lin link k type type)) for for opti optica call link link com commu muni nica cati tion on between network. network . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23

Fi Fig. g. 3.2

Examp Ex ample le fo forr opt optic ical al lilink nk co commu mmuni nica cati tion on wi with thin in a net netwo work rk el elem emen entt . . . . . 23

Fig. g. 3. 3.3 3 Fi

Sche Sc hema mati tic c of ba basi sic c ba basi sic c li link nk co cont ntro roll  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24

Fig. 3. Fig 3.4 4

Link and preemph pha asis sec ecti tio ons ns.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26

Fig 3.5 5 Fig. 3.

Optical Sup upe ervisory Channel  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29

Fig. 3.6

Fault Management filters  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33

Fig. 3. Fig. 3.7 7

OCR OC R10 10TT-V3 V3 wi with th cl cliien entt int inter erfa face ce loo oopb pbac ack k . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36

Fi Fig g. 3. 3.8 8

OCR10 10T T wi with pa path (O (ODU2) loo loop pback

Fig. Fi g. 3. 3.9 9

(client mode SDH/SONET or LAN [V5]) . [V5])  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36 OCR1 OC R10T 0T-V -V5/ 5/LH LH/L /LH2 H2/R /Reg egio io2 2 wit with h pat path h (OD (ODU2 U2)) loo loopb pbac ack k (client mode OTU2 or OTU2LAN [V5]) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37

Fi Fig. g. 3.1 3.10 0

OCR1 OC R10T 0T-V -V3 3 wi with th bo both th pat path h an and d cli clien entt lo loopb opbac acks ks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37

Fig. 3. Fig. 3.11 11

TEX TE X V3 V3 wit with h pat path h (OD (ODU U2) lo loop opba back ck . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37

Fig. 3.12 2 Fig. 3.1

TEX TE X V5 V5/L /LH/ H/LH LH2/ 2/Re Regi gio2 o2 wi with th pat path h (OD (ODU2 U2)) loo loopb pbac ack k  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38

Fi Fig. g. 3.1 3.13 3

TEX TE X with with path path (O (ODU DU1) 1) loo loopb pbac ack k (on (on trib tributa utary ry 1 in in this this exa exampl mple) e) . . . . . . 38

Fi Fig. g. 3. 3.14 14

TEX TE X LH LH2/ 2/R Reg egiio2 wit ith h loo loopb pbac acks ks  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38

Fig. 5.1

OCP-V2 block diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46

Fig. 5.2

OMDFC bl block di diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49

Fig. 5.3

OMD4C bl block di diagram  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49

Fi Fig. g. 6.1

ANSI AN SI ra rack ck equ equip ippi ping ng ex exam ampl ple e wit with h doub double le-r -row ow and si sing ngle le-r -row ow su subra brack ck 54

Fig. 6.2

Double-row su subrack  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56

Fig. 6.3

Single-row su subrack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56

Fig 6.4 4 Fig. 6.

Subrack fo for do double-he heiight ca cards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57

Fig. 6.5

Network el element al alarm pa panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57

Fi Fig. g. 6. 6.6 6

Conn Co nnec ecto torr pan panel el in OC OCU U ne netw twor ork k el elem emen entt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59

Fi Fig. g. 6. 6.7 7

Conn Co nnec ecto torr pan panel el in DW DWDM DM ne netw twor ork k ele eleme ment nt .  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59

Fig. 6.8

Single-height ca card de design . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62

Fig. 6.9 9 Fig. 6.

Doub Do uble le-h -hei eigh ghtt ca card rd de desi sign gn wi with th fi fibe berr co conn nnec ecto tors rs  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63

Fi Fig g. 6. 6.1 10

SFP mo mod dule (exam amp ple) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67

Fi Fig. g. 8. 8.1 1

Netw Ne twor ork k ma mana nage geme ment nt fu func ncti tion ons s ac acco cord rdin ing g to to IT ITUU-T T . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70

Fi Fig g. 8. 8.2 2

Network manag age ement inter erffaces  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72

Fig. 8. Fig. 8.3 3

Netw Ne twor ork k man manag agem emen entt arc archi hite tect ctur ure e wit with h Q3 Q3 Gat Gatew eway ay NE NE.. . . . . . . . . . . . 73

Fig. g. 8. 8.4 4 Fi

Netw Ne twor ork k man manag agem emen entt arc archi hite tect ctur ure e wit witho hout ut Ga Gate tewa way y NE NE . . . . . . . . . . . . 73

Fi Fig. g. 8.5

Applic Appl icati ation on ex exam ampl ple e for for cr craf aftt term termin inal als s (in (in LC LCT T and and NC NCT T mod modes es)) in a transmission network . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74

A42022-L5961-D251-2-7618

 

Information SURPASS hiT 7500-B 3.13

Technical Description (TED)

Fig. 8.6 6 Fig. 8.

Syst Sy stem em ar arc chi hite tect ctur ure e of TN TNMS MS Co Core re/C /CDM DM .  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76

Fi Fig. g. 8. 8.7 7

SURP SU RPAS ASS S hiT hiT 7500 7500-B -B El Elem emen entt Mana Manage gerr main main win windo dow w (exa (examp mple le)) . . . . 78

Fig. 9.1

Tra Tr ansNet GU GUI ma main pan pane es an and ic icons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81

Fig. 9.2

Route graphic display  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83

Fig. 9.3

Analysis so solutions  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83

A42022-L5961-D251-2-7618

9

 

Technical Description (TED)

Information SURPASS hiT 7500-B 3.13

Tables Tab. 3.1

AIS implementation with OCR10T and TEX cards, Client In to Line Out direction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34

Tab. 3.2

AIS implementation with OCR10T and TEX cards, Line In to Client Out direction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34

Tab.. 3. 3.3 3 Tab Ta Tab b. 3.4

AIS impl AIS implem ement entat atio ion n with with OCR OCR10R 10R ca card rds, s, Lin Line e In to to Line Line Out Out dir direc ecti tion on  . 35 Basic loopb pba ack overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36

Tab Tab.. 4. 4.1 1

NE and su subs bsys yste tem m typ types es ov overv ervie iew w (so (sort rted ed al alpha phabe beti tica calllly) y).. . . . . . . . . . . 39

Tab. b. 5. 5.1 1 Ta

Card Ca rd ty type pes s ove overv rvie iew w (so (sort rted ed al alph phab abet etic ical ally ly)) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41

Tab. 6.1

NEAP el elements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58

Tab. 6.2

COPA co connectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59

Tab. 6.3

Standard fr front LE LEDs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65

Tab. 6.4 4 Tab. 6.

Star St artu tup p and and faul faultt indi indica cati tion ons s by the the car card d fron frontt LEDs LEDs.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65

Tab. 6.5

Standard fr front LE LEDs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66

Tab. 10 Tab. 10.1 .1

Phys Ph ysic ical al la laye yers rs,, ge gene nera rall in infor forma mati tion on . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84

Tab. 10 Tab. 10.2 .2

Phys Ph ysic ical al la laye yers rs,, inte interf rfac ace e at at poin pointt MPI MPI-S -SM M . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84

Tab. 10. 10.3 3

Physical Physic al Layer Layers, s, opti optical cal pat path h (singl (single e span) span) from from poi point nt MPI-S MPI-SM M to poin pointt MPI-RM.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84 MPI-RM

Tab Tab.. 10 10.4 .4 Tab.. 10 10.5 .5 Tab

Physic Phys ical al Lay Layers ers,, int inter erfa face ce at at poi point nt MP MPII-RM RM  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85 Opti Op tica call liline ne in inte terf rfac ace e spe speci cifi fica cati tions ons.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85

Tab Tab.. 10 10.6 .6

Opti Op tica call trib tribut utary ary in inte terf rfac ace e spec specif ific icat atio ions ns . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85

Ta Tab. b. 10 10.7 .7

T3 clo clock ck int inter erfa face ce spe speci cifi fica cati tion ons s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85

Tab.. 10 10.8 .8 Tab

User Us er da data ta ch chan anne nell (sV (sV.1 .11) 1) sp spec ecif ific icat atio ions ns .  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86

Tab Tab.. 10 10.9 .9

Engi En gine neer erin ing g orde orderr wire wire (EO (EOW) W) spe speci cifi fica cati tion ons s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86

Tab.. 10 10.1 .10 0 Tele Telemet metry ry in inte terf rfac ace e (T (TIF) IF) sp spec ecif ific icat atio ions ns wi with th OS OSCT CTUI UI/O /OSC SCTU TUT T an and d SM SMU2 U2 Tab (DWDM Equipment) . Equipment)  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86 Tab. 10. 10.11 11 Telemet Telemetry ry interf interface ace (TIF) (TIF) speci specific ficati ations ons with with MCU (transponder equipment). equipment) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87 Tab. 10. 10.12 12 OSC OSCTUI TUI and OSC OSCTUT TUT spe specif cifica icatio tions ns . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88 Tab. 10. 10.13 13 Com Common mon specif specifica icatio tions ns for all optic optical al line line amplifi amplifier er cards cards . . . . . . . . . . . . 88 Tab. 10. 10.14 14 Par Partic ticula ularr specif specifica icatio tions ns for for the OLIST OLISTPNC PNC card card  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89 Tab. 10.15 Partic Particular ular specif specificatio ications ns for the OLISTB OLISTBNC NC and OLISIN OLISINC C cards cards .  . . . . . . 89 10.16 16 Par Partic ticula ularr speci specific ficati ations ons for the the OLIFc OLIFcard ard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90 Tab. 10. Tab Tab.. 10 10.1 .17 7 PU PUMP MPA A and PUMP PUMPB B speci specifi fica cati tions ons .  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90 Tab Tab.. 10 10.1 .18 8 RP RPUM UMP P sp spec ecif ific icati ation ons s  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90 Tab Tab.. 10 10.1 .19 9 OM OMDF DFC, C, OMD OMD4 4 spec specif ific icat atio ions ns .  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90 Tab. 10 Tab. 10.2 .20 0 OM OMDF DFC C sp spec ecif ific icat atio ions ns  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91 10.21 21 OM1 OM10, 0, OD1 OD10 0 and and ODA ODA10 10 spe specif cifica icatio tions ns  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91 Tab. 10. Tab. b. 10 10.2 .22 2 OF OF10 10 sp spec ecif ific icat atio ions ns  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92 Ta Tab Tab.. 10 10.2 .23 3 OP OPAP APC C sp speci ecifi fica cati tion ons s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92 Ta Tab. b. 10 10.2 .24 4 OC OCS S sp spec ecif ific icat atio ions ns .  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92 Tab. 10.2 .25 5 Te Tech chni nica call data data of of the the UDCM UDCMBs Bs.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93 Tab. 10 Tab. 10. 10.26 26 Tec Techni hnical cal data data of of the UDCM UDCMCs Cs and and of the the UDCM UDCM tray tray.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93 10.27 27 OCR OCR10T10T-V3, V3, gene general ral spe specif cifica icatio tions ns .  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93 Tab. 10.

10

A42022-L5961-D251-2-7618

 

Information SURPASS hiT 7500-B 3.13

Technical Description (TED)

Tab. 10.28 8 OCR OCR10T 10T-V3 -V3,, client client inter interfac face e specif specifica icatio tions ns . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94 Tab. 10.2 Tab. 10.2 Tab. 10.29 9 OCR OCR10T 10T-V3 -V3,, line line inter interfac face e speci specific ficati ations ons  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94 Tab Tab.. 10.3 10.30 0 OCR OCR10T 10T-V5 -V5,, gene general ral spec specifi ificat cation ions s. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95 Tab Tab.. 10.3 10.31 1 OCR OCR10T 10T-V5 -V5,, client client inter interfac face e specif specifica icatio tions ns . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95 Tab. 10.3 Tab. 10.32 2 OCR OCR10T 10T-V5 -V5 lin line e interf interface ace spe specif cifica icatio tions ns . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95 Ta Tab. b. 10. 10.33 33 OCR1 OCR10T 0T-LH -LH2 2 and OCR10 OCR10TT-Re Regi gio2, o2, general specifications  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96 Tab. b. 10. 10.34 34 OCR1 OCR10T 0T-LH -LH2 2 and OCR10 OCR10TT-Re Regi gio2, o2, Ta client interface specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96 Tab Tab.. 10.3 10.35 5 OCR OCR10T 10T-LH2 -LH2,, line line inter interfac face e specif specifica icatio tions ns  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96 Tab. 10.36 6 OCR OCR10T 10T-Reg -Regio2 io2,, line inte interfac rface e specifi specificat cation ions s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97 Tab. 10.3 Ta Tab. b. 10. 10.37 37 TE TEX X V3, gene general ral spec specif ific icati ations ons .  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98 Tab.. 10.3 10.38 8 TEX V3, cli client ent int interf erface ace spec specifi ificat cations ions.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98 Tab Tab Tab.. 10.3 10.39 9 TEX V3, lin line e inte interfa rface ce spec specifi ificat cations ions .  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98 Tab. 10.40 40 TE TEX X V5, gene general ral spec specif ific icati ations ons .  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99 Tab. 10. Tab Tab.. 10.4 10.41 1 TEX V5, V5, client client interfa interface ce specifi specificat cations ions (with (with SFP SFP modules) modules)  . . . . . . . . . 99 Tab. 10.4 Tab. 10.42 2 TEX V5 lin line e inter interfac face e speci specific ficati ations ons.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99 Tab Tab.. 10.4 10.43 3 TEX LH2 LH2 and and TEX Reg Regio2 io2,, genera generall specif specifica icatio tions ns  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100 Tab. 10.44 TEX LH2 LH2 and and TEX Regio2 Regio2,, client client interfac interface e specifica specifications tions (SFP module modules s used for LH2 and Regio2) . Regio2)  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100 Tab. 10.4 Tab. 10.45 5 TEX LH2 LH2,, line line inte interfac rface e speci specific ficati ations ons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101 Tab. 10.46 6 TEX Reg Regio2 io2,, line line inte interfac rface e speci specific ficati ations ons.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101 Tab. 10.4 Tab. 10.4 Tab. 10.47 7 OCR OCR10R 10R-V3 -V3,, gen general eral spe specif cifica icatio tions ns  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102 Tab. 10.4 Tab. 10.48 8 OCR OCR10R 10R-V3 -V3,, line line inte interfac rface e specif specifica icatio tions ns .  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102 Tab. 10.49 9 OCR OCR10R 10R-V5 -V5,, gen general eral spe specif cifica icatio tions ns  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103 Tab. 10.4 Tab. 10.5 Tab. 10.50 0 OCR OCR10R 10R-V5 -V5 lin line e inter interfac face e specif specifica ication tions s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103 Tab. 10.51 51 OCR1 OCR10R 0R-L -LH2 H2 and OCR10 OCR10RR-Re Regi gio2 o2,, Tab. 10. general specifications  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103 Tab Tab.. 10.5 10.52 2 OCR OCR10R 10R-LH -LH2, 2, line line interf interface ace spec specifi ificat cation ions s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104 Tab. 10.53 3 OCR OCR10R 10R-Re -Regio gio2, 2, line line interfa interface ce specif specifica icatio tions ns.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104 Tab. 10.5 Tab. 10. Tab. 10.54 54 OC OCPP-V2 V2 sp spec ecif ific icati ations ons.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105 Tab. b. 10.55 10.55 Techn Technic ical al dat data a of the the MCU MCU car card d  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106 Ta Tab.. 10.5 10.56 6 Tech Technic nical al data data of the the MIBS32 MIBS32-2 -2 and and MIBS25 MIBS256 6 modules modules . . . . . . . . . . . 10 106 6 Tab Ta Tab. b. 10. 10.57 57 Tec Techn hnic ical al da data ta of the the SA SAB B . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106 Tab. 10. Tab. 10.58 58 Tec Techn hnic ical al da data ta of the the SM SMU2 U2.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106 Tab. 10 Tab. 10.5 .59 9 DC DCN N sp spec ecif ific icat atio ions ns.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107 Ta Tab. b. 10. 10.60 60 Ra Rack ck and and sub subra rack ck pow power er supp supply ly .  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107 Tab. b. 10 10.6 .61 1 LV LVD D sp spec ecif ific icat atio ions ns . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107 Ta Tab Tab.. 10.6 10.62 2 Ele Electr ctrica icall power power consum consumpti ption on of the subr subrack acks s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107 Tab. 10.6 Tab. 10.63 3 Ele Electr ctrica icall power power consum consumpti ption on of the the cards cards and unit units s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 108 8 Tab. 10.64 64 UL ULED ED bu bus s spe speci cifi fica cati tion ons s  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109 Tab. 10. Tab Tab.. 10.6 10.65 5 Sys System tem env environ ironmen mental tal spe specif cifica icatio tions ns.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109 Tab. 10.66 6 Dim Dimens ension ions s and weig weight ht of the sing singlele-row row subra subrack ck.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110 Tab. 10.6 Tab Tab.. 10.6 10.67 7 Dim Dimens ension ions s and weig weight ht of the doub doublele-row row subr subrack ack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110 Tab. 10.68 8 Ext Extern ernal al dimens dimension ions s of the the doubledouble-hei height ght subra subrack ck  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110 Tab. 10.6

A42022-L5961-D251-2-7618

11

 

Technical Description (TED)

Information SURPASS hiT 7500-B 3.13

10.69 69 Mec Mechani hanical cal spec specifi ificat cation ions s of the the DCM DCM tray tray . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111 Tab. 10. Tab. 10. 10.70 70 Dim Dimens ension ions s of the the ETSI ETSI rack rack acco accordi rding ng to ETS 300 300.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111 Tab Tab.. 10 10.7 .71 1 Di Dime mens nsio ions ns of of the the ANSI ANSI rac rack k  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111 Tab. 10 Tab. 10.7 .72 2 Mi Mini nimu mum m PC PC req requi uirem remen ents ts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112

12

A42022-L5961-D251-2-7618

 

Information SURPASS hiT 7500-B 3.13

Technical Description (TED)

1 Not otes es on tth his doc ocum umen enta tattio ion n Th This is chap chapte terr gi give ves s a re refe fere renc nce e to th the e avai availa labl ble e SURP SURPAS ASS S hi hiT T 7500 7500-B -B cust custom omer er docu docu-mentation and informs the reader about some formal aspects with this manual. An overv overvie iew w of th the e SURP SURPAS ASS S hi hiT T 75007500-B B docu documen menta tati tion on is gi give ven n in the the Docu Docume ment ntati ation on Guide. The documentation of SURPASS hiT 7500-B is available on CD-ROM. Fo Forr sy syst stem em re requ quir irem emen ents ts to in inst stal alll the the CD CD-R -ROM OMs s on your your comp comput uter er (u (und nder er Wi Wind ndow ows s® or UNIX®, see the file README.TXT in the root directory of the CD-ROMs.

1. 1.1 1

Sy Symb mbol ols s use used d in in thi this s docu docume ment ntat atio ion n Chapters 1.1.1 and 1.1.2 sho how w al alll sy symb mbol ols, s, ho howe weve verr so some me of them them may may be no nott us used ed in this manual.

1.1.1 !

1.1.2

i

Symbol ffo or w wa arnin rning gs This symbol identifies notes which, if ignored, can result in personal injury or in permanent damage to the equipment.

Symbols ffo or n no otes Information which extends beyond the immediate context.

Cross reference to other chapters in this manual or reference to other manuals. Help Reference to the online help system of the Element Manager software.

1.1. 1.1.3 3

Sy Symb mbol ols s ffor or menu menu di disp spla lays ys an and d ttex extt inp input uts s Menu items ems or inp npu uts to be enter ere ed by the us user er are displayed in their hiera rarrchical sequence, separated by arrows: Menu > Menu Item > Submenu Item >... > etc.

1. 1.2 2

Not otes es on li lice cens nsed ed so soft ftw war are e Th This is docu documen menta tati tion on may re refe ferr to vari variou ous s thi thirdrd-pa party rty soft softwa ware re produ product cts s that that ar are e in inte tegra gratted in into to th the e SURP SURPAS ASS S hi hiT T 75007500-B B syst system em un unde derr a lilice cens nse e agre agreeme ement nt betwe between en Si Siem emen ens s an and d th the e soft softwa ware re manu manufa fact cture urer. r. In case case of pr prob oble lems ms with with such such soft softwa ware re,, pl plea ease se cont contac actt Siemens.

A42022-L5961-D251-2-7618

13

 

Technical Description (TED)

Information SURPASS hiT 7500-B 3.13

2 Intr Introd oduc ucti tion on to SU SURP RPAS ASS S hi hiT T 75 7500 00-B -B This chap This chapte terr gi give ves s a gen gener eral al in intro trodu duct ctio ion n to the SURP SURPAS ASS S hi hiT T 75 7500 00-B -B func functi tion onal alit ity y and to some typical applications. For a more detailed description of important SURPASS hiT 7500-B functions, see Chapter 3.

2.1

General fu fun nctionality Siemens SURPASS hiT 7500-B combines high perfor orm mance Dense Wavelength gth Di Divi visi sion on Multi Multipl plex exin ing g (D (DWD WDM) M) syst system ems s with with a powe powerf rful ul mult multii-pur purpo pose se trans transpo pond nder er pl platatfo form rm.. SUR SURPAS PASS hi hiT T 75 7500 00-B -B ha has s th the e ca capa paci city ty re requ quiire red d in re regi gion onal al an and d ba back ckbo bone ne ne nettworks to transport all kinds of services with highest efficiency. Th The e hi high gh capa capaci city ty DW DWDM DM tr tran ansm smis issi sion on of SURP SURPAS ASS S hi hiT T 7500 7500-B -B al allo lows ws up to 40 opti optica call wave wa vele leng ngth ths s to be tr tran ansp spor orte ted d over over lo long ng ha haul ul di dist stan ance ces s via via the the sa same me fibe fiber. r. The The tran tran-sp spon onde derr eq equi uipm pmen entt of SURP URPASS ASS hi hiT T 75 7500 00-B -B se serv rves es as a mult multii-se serv rvic ice e ga gate tewa way y be be-tween the client signals and the DWDM transport network. Thi This co comb mbiina nati tion on of DWDM WDM eq equi uipm pmen entt an and d tran transp spon onde derr eq equi uipm pmen entt pr prov ovid ides es the the re re-quired optical networking building blocks. Fig. 2.1 gi give ves s a gene genera rall over overvi view ew of embe embedd ddin ing g SURP SURPAS ASS S hi hiT T 7500 7500-B -B in into to a netw networ ork k environment.

IP swi switch tches es  / routers

SURPASS hiT 7500-B DWDM Equipment

SURPASS hiT 7500-B Transponder Equipment

SONET /  SDH equipment

Client signals

Line signals

Optical cross connectors

Client network

Fig. 2.1

14

SURPASS hiT 7500-B in network environment

A42022-L5961-D251-2-7618

 

Information SURPASS hiT 7500-B 3.13

2.2

Technical Description (TED)

Highlights •

Maximu Maxi mum m tr tran ansm smis issi sion on ca capa paci city ty (4 (400 00 Gbit Gbit/s /s [40 [40 x 10 Gb Gbit it/s /s]) ]) per per fiber fiber with with chan channe nell spacing 100 GHz. • Long haul networking with extended reach rea ch (up to 2500 km), achieved with:  – Super Forward Error Correction (S-FEC)  – Optional Raman amplification  – Powerful Powerful link control software to manage the channel power levels Modularity from 1 to 40 channels in C band, in 1-channel increments 1+1 optical protection switching per channel against fiber or equipment failure Compactness Sophisticated optical control, including:  – Dynamic gain and output power control to adjust for gain and power fluctuations  – Spectral gain control to adjust for gain tilt variations (particularly Raman gain tilt variations)  – End-to-end preemphasis for fine tuning of power variations  – Integrated ASE (Amplified Spontaneous Emissions) filter, gain flattening filter and adjustable tilt filter • Integrated optical performance analyzer (optional) • Fiber type flexibility, e.g.:  – Standard Single Mode Fiber (SSMF)

• • • •

• • •

•

A42022-L5961-D251-2-7618

 – Non Zero Dispersion Shifted Fiber (NZDSF)  – Dispersion Shifted Fiber (DSF) Service flexibility to meet all customer traffic requirements:  – SDH / SONET  – IP / ATM ATM Tunab unable le la lase sers rs fo forr wave wavele leng ngth th chan changes ges with withou outt the the ne need ed to swa wap p pl plug ug-i -in n card cards, s, thus thus enabling simplified installation and commissioning and easier spare part handling Network management by:  – TNMS CT  – @CT  – TNMS Core/CDM TransNet planning tool for simplified but comprehensive network design on a geographical map, including cost optimization

15

 

Technical Description (TED)

2.3

Information SURPASS hiT 7500-B 3.13

Applications Fig. 2.2 shows a general SURPASS hiT 7500-B network application scenario.

SDH IP Router SDH

10 Gbit/s

10 Gbit/s

10 Gbit/s

10 Gbit/s

2.5 Gbit/s

2.5 Gbit/s

IP Router SDH

2.5 Gbit/s

GE GE

2.5 Gbit/s

2.5 Gbit/s

FC FC

2.5 Gbit/s

2.5 Gbit/s

GE GE

2.5 Gbit/s

FC FC IP Router

SURPASS SURPASS hiT 7500-B SURPASS hiT 7500-B hiT 7500-B transponder transponder DWDM equipment equipment equipment

SDH

IP Router

2.5 Gbit/s SDH/SONET ring

Fig. 2.2

SURPASS hiT 7500-B general network application scenario

The network element types are explained in Chapter 4. SURPASS hiT 7500-B can be used in any kind of network architecture, including: • Transparent photonic chains, i.e., point-to-point topologies with maximum 8 optical add/drop multiplexers • Meshed networks SURPASS hiT 7500-B can be used for the following layers of the transport network:  – Long haul DWDM reaches up to 2500 km  – Regional DWDM applications with path lengths starting at 200 km and for high traffic volu volumes mes.. Th Thes ese e netwo networks rks ar are e of ofte ten n used used as re regi giona onall coll collect ector or netw network orks s to feed feed in into to long haul portions of the network. Regional DWDM networks have typical link lengths up to 800 km. The SURP SURPAS ASS S hi hiT T 75007500-B B DWDM syst system em has an in inte tegr gral al op opti tica call ad add-d d-dro rop p multi multipl plex exer er for up to 12 wavelengths at 10 Gbit/s each. Basically, five different network element types exist:  – Optical Transport Transport Terminal OTTB  – Optical Add-drop Multiplexer OADMB  – Optical Line Repeater OLRB  – Channel Connection Unit CCU  – Optical Channel Unit OCU

16

A42022-L5961-D251-2-7618

 

Information SURPASS hiT 7500-B 3.13

Technical Description (TED)

Fig. 2.3 show shows s a sampl sample e basic basic st stru ruct cture ure of a SURP SURPAS ASS S hi hiT T 75007500-B B optic optical al netwo network rk syssystem. OADMB

OTTB

OCU

OLRB

Transponder/  Regenerator Up to 30% add/drop channels

Terminal equipment: transponder/regenerator or SDH

Fig. 2.3

2.4 2. 4

Basic structure (example) of the SURPASS hiT 7500-B optical network system

Wav avel elen engt gth h band bands s / freq freque uenc ncy y sp spac acin ing g The SURPASS hiT 75000-B B system uses a maximum of 40 wavelengths within the C band, divided into groups:  – 20 “blue” (shorter) wavelengths, with 100 GHz frequency spacing  – 4 “grey” (band gap) wavelenghts, with with 100 GHz frequency spacing  – 20 “red” (longer) wavelengths, with 100 GHz frequency spacing

i

Note,, th Note that at th the e use use of th the e fo four ur grey grey wave wavele leng nght hts s depen depends ds on the the in indi divi vidu dual al conf config igura urati tion on.. Therefore, although a total of 44 channels are available, it is not possible to use more than 40 channels in one system.

i

Note,, th Note that at th there ere ar are e severa severall po poss ssib ibililit itie ies s to bu buililtt up sy syst stem ems s with with di diff ffere erent nt chan channel nel nu nummbers at the begin of life (BOL) or at the end of life (EOL). This Thi s al allo lows ws cost cost-e -effi ffici cien entt syte sytem m conf config igur urat atio ions ns durin during g the the whol whole e lilife fe cycl cycle e of the the syst system em.. blue / red filter

100 GHz dielectric multiplexer / demultiplexers 10 Channels sp spac aced ed at 10 100 0 GHz GHz

40 channels; spaced at 100 GHz

20 “blue” channels

10 Channels sp spac aced ed at 10 100 0 GHz GHz

20 “red” channels

10 Channels sp spac aced ed at 10 100 0 GHz GHz 10 Channels sp spac aced ed at 10 100 0 GHz GHz

Fig. 2.4

A42022-L5961-D251-2-7618

Example for frequency / wavelength demultiplexing scheme (40 channels)

17

 

Technical Description (TED)

Information SURPASS hiT 7500-B 3.13

up to 40 channels spaced at 100 GHz

4 Cha Channe nnels ls spaced spaced at 100 GHz

100 GHz dielectric demultiplexers

Fig. 2.5

4 Cha Channe nnels ls spaced spaced at 100 GHz

Example for frequency / wavelength demultiplexing scheme (8 channels)

If new channel els s are to be ad add ded, the Sieme emens Tra TransNet netw two ork planning tool (described in Chapter 9) supplies information about the channel upgrade order.

2. 2.5 5

Comp Compat atib ibil ilit ity y wit with ho oth ther er syst system ems s SURP SU RPAS ASS S hi hiT T 7500 7500-B -B pr pres esen ents ts wi wide de chan channe nell pass passba band nds s for for comp compat atib ibil ilit ity y wi with th many many kinds of 2.5 Gbit/s or 10 Gbit/s terminal terminal equipment. equipment. In particular, SURPASS hiT 7500-B is compatible with the following equipment:  – SDH line systems (SL64, SL16, SLR16, WTTR)  – SURPASS SURPASS hiT 7070  – FSP1500  – FSP3000  – SN16k

18

A42022-L5961-D251-2-7618

 

Information SURPASS hiT 7500-B 3.13

Technical Description (TED)

3 System functions This chapter describes important functions of the SURPASS hiT 7500-B system. For a general introduction to the SURPASS hiT 7500-B functionality including some typical applications, see Chapter 2. The SURPASS hiT 7500-B network elements are described in Chapter 4. The SURPASS hiT 7500-B cards are described in Chapter 5. An overview of the network management is given in Chapter 8.

3. 3.1 1 3.1.1

Op Opti tica call tra trans nsmi miss ssio ion n fun funct ctio ions ns Laser safety Optica Opti call sa safe fety ty mech mechan anis isms ms ar are e in indi disp spen ensa sabl ble e to pr prot otec ectt al alll us user ers s from from ha harm rmfu full li ligh ghtt emissions of optical amplifiers and pump light sources. Detailed protective measures and handling instructions for the optical equipment are given in the Q3 Operating Manual (Q3 OMN). It must must be di diff ffer eren enti tiat ated ed betw betwee een n the the la lase serr safe safety ty mech mechan anis isms ms for for DW DWDM DM equi equipm pmen entt and for transponder equipment. Lase Laserr safe safety ty acco accord rdin ing g to IEC6 IEC608 0825 25-2 -2:2 :200 004 4 of DW DWDM DM tran transm smis issi sion on syst system em does does not not re rely ly on th the e au autom tomat atic ic la lase serr shut shutdow down n (A (ALS LS)) proce procedu dures res of tran transp spond onder er unit units, s, whic which h ar are e described in section 3.1.1.2. 3.1.1.2. Th The e desc descri ript ptio ion n of auto automa mati tic c powe powerr shut shutdo down wn (A (APS PSD) D) in the the foll follow owin ing g sect sectio ions ns is vali valid d for all types of OLIs used in SURPASS hiT 7500-B (basic, slim and compact). The ter erm minal equi uip pmen ment is designed to prov oviide IEC60825 25--2 haz azar ard d level 1M on the transmission fibers for basic link control.

3.1. 3.1.1. 1.1 1

La Lase serr s saf afet ety yo off DW DWDM DM eq equi uipm pmen entt The laser safety of WDM transport system is achieved by:  – automatic power shut down (APSD) of amplifiers feeding the transmission line fiber pair  – automatic power reduction mode (APRM) of preamplifier feeding the demultiplexer filter tree Th The e basi basic c fu func ncti tion on of APSD APSD is to shut shutdo down wn the the pump pump la lase sers rs of the the re resp spec ecti tive ve stag stage e if the the in inpu putt powe powerr of an opti optica call ampl amplif ifie ierr stag stage e (mea (measu sure red d by the the in inpu putt powe powerr moni monito torr di diod ode) e) fa fall lls s belo below w a th thre resh shol old d valu value e and and re rema main ins s belo below w that that thre thresh shol old d valu value e (i (in n or orde derr to avoi avoid d optical power surges when input power returns). Ea Each ch opti optica call ampl amplif ifie ier, r, boost booster er,, in inliline ne sect sectio ion n one, one, in inliline ne secti section on two two and and pream preampl plif ifie ier, r, is eq equi uipp pped ed wi with th th the e APSD APSD an and d autom automat atic ic re rest start art capa capabi bilility ty.. If the the in input put powe powerr dr drops ops un unde derr a pr pred edef efin ined ed th thre resh shol old, d, th the e pump pump la lase sers rs in one one ampl amplif ifie ierr sect sectio ion n ar are e swit switch ched ed off. off. Th The e pump pump la lase sers rs ar are e re rest star arte ted, d, if th the e inpu inputt powe powerr re reac ache hes s a cert certai ain n mini minimu mum m thre thresh shol old d for for a certain time.

A42022-L5961-D251-2-7618

19

 

Technical Description (TED)

Information SURPASS hiT 7500-B 3.13

In case of equi uip pmen ment failures of the OLI card, the PUMP card or the RPUMP card rd,, th the e pump pump la lase sers rs on th the e re resp spec ecti tive ve ca card rd wi willl be sh shut ut do down wn.. No au auto toma mati tic c re res start tart for for OL OLII an and d RPUMP is allowed, but only a new link startup via LCT. APSD is si APSD sign gnal aled ed on th the e OLI OLI card card vi via a OB/O OB/OPL PLOS OS (l (los oss s of in inco comi ming ng sign signal al). ). Ea Each ch ampl ampliifi fier er st stag age, e, se sens nsin ing g LO LOS S at it its s in inpu put, t, wi will ll auto automa mati tica call lly y chan change ge in into to APSD APSD stat state e and and shut shut-down down it its s pu pump mp la lase sers rs in inde depe pend nden entl tly. y. This This resu resullts in a sh shut utdo down wn of the the op opti tica call ou outp tput ut signal in signal direction. Laser safety for network elements with basic link control Se Seve vera rall new tr tran ansm smis issi sion on syst system em conf config igura urati tion ons s are in intr trod oduce uced d in conj conjun unct ctio ion n with with the ba basi sic c lilink nk cont control rol.. Th The e whol whole e tr tran ansm smis issi sion on fiber fiber syst system em is cons consid idere ered d as cont control rolle led d are area a in th the e sens sense e of IEC6 IEC608 0825 25-2 -2:2 :200 004. 4. Th This is over overal alll re requ quir irem emen entt form forms s the the basi basis s of the the la lase serr safe safety ty mech mechan anis isms ms of th the e basi basic, c, comp compac actt and and slim slim OL OLII card cards s for for SURP SURPAS ASS S hi hiT T 7500 7500-B -B version 3.13. Th The e tr tran ansm smis issi sion on syst system em is desi design gned ed for for IEC6 IEC608 0825 25-2 -2:2 :200 004 4 haza hazard rd le leve vell 1 M (2 (21. 1.3 3 dBm dBm @1550 @1 550 nm) at open open conn connec ecto torr. Cent Centra rall Offic Office e and and trans transmi miss ssio ion n fiber fiber duc ductt has has to fulfi fulfill the requirements for IEC60825-2:2004 controlled location. Th The e main main mech mechan anis isms ms to guar guaran ante tee e th the e haza hazard rd le leve vels ls ar are e auto automa mati tic c powe powerr shut shutdo down wn and automatic power reduction mode (APRM). Means for achieving hazard level 1M  Hardware schemes:  – Slim OLIs and basic OLIs are limited to class 1M power by design.  – Compact OLI cards have a hardware control circuit for operation with class 1M power, which is active if there is no external pump card or in APRMode.

Note,, th Note that at th ther ere e is no ha hard rdwa ware re co cont ntro roll lled ed APSD PSD or APRM PRM wi with th ha haza zard rd le leve vell 1. Neve Neverrtheless power reduction of shut down may be adjusted by a software scheme. Software schemes:  –  Automatic power shutdown may shutdown may be triggered via CAN telegrams.  –  Automatic power reduction mode is mode is undertaken by smooth software controlled transitions. Reliability is guaranteed by hardware. Signaling paths:  – for the APRM in case of open connections in RX path: between Demux APRM di –  –

odes the preamplifier for theand APSD in case of transmission line fiber break: between preamplifier and booster amplifier and between a pair of inline amplifiers for the APSD in case of transmission line with Raman fiber break: between RPUMP and preamplifier, and between Rpump and inline-amplifier

The patch cords used in basic NEs generally do not have laser safety labels. Laser safety labeling for hazard level 1M is used on most cards. The pl plan anni ning ng to tool ol TransNet will will pr prepa epare re bi billll of mate materi rial al,, commi commiss ssio ioni ning ng docu docume menta ntati tion on and and an XML XML conf config igur urat atio ion n fi file le and and gi give ve equi equipp ppin ing g and and cabl cablin ing g in inst stru ruct ctio ions ns for for each each netnetwork element site.

20

A42022-L5961-D251-2-7618

 

Information SURPASS hiT 7500-B 3.13

3.1. 3.1.1. 1.2 2

Technical Description (TED)

La Lase serr s saf afet ety yo off ttra rans nspo pond nder er eq equi uipm pmen entt Automatic laser shutdown (ALS) SURP SU RPAS ASS S hi hiT T 75 7500 00-B -B impl implem ement ents s an Au Auto tomat matic ic Lase Laserr Sh Shut utdow down n (A (ALS LS)) safe safety ty feat feature ure.. ALS ca can n be en enab able led/ d/di disa sabl bled ed fo forr ea each ch OCR1 OCR10T 0T,, OCR1 OCR10R 0R an and d TEX TEX ca card rd by so soft ftwa ware re.. The The AL ALS S tr trig igge gerr co cond ndit itio ion n ca can n be co conf nfig igur ured ed so that that on only ly LO LOS S wi will ll trig trigge gerr ALS LS,, or LO LOS S or LO LOF F wi will ll tr trig igge gerr AL ALS. S. Th The e LOS LOS or LOF LOF cond condit itio ion n must must pers persis istt for for a defi define ned d time time to trig trig-ger ALS. If an ALS LS-c -cau ausi sing ng co cond ndit itiion is de dete tect cted ed at the the "Lin "Line e In" In" po port rt of an OCR1 OCR10R 0R ca card rd,, the the la la-ser ser of th the e OCR1 OCR10R 0R card card in th the e oppo opposi site te tran transm smis issi sion on di dire rect ctio ion n is auto automa mati tica call lly y shut shut off. off. Th Thes ese e two two OCR1 OCR10R 0R ca card rds s comm commun unic icat ate e AL ALS S in info form rmat atio ion n to each each othe otherr via via the the subr subrac ack k backplane. So, OCR10R cards operate as bidirectional pairs. If an AL ALSS-ca caus usin ing g cond condit itio ion n is dete detect cted ed at the the "Lin "Line e In" In" port port of an OCR1 OCR10T 0T or TEX TEX card card,, th the e "L "Lin ine e Out" Out" la lase serr on th the e same same card card (i (i.e .e., ., in the the oppo opposi site te tran transm smis issi sion on di dire rect ctio ion) n) is auautomatically shut down. For details about installation of cards, see the Installation and Test Manual (ITMN) of SURPASS hiT 7500-B.

i

It is recommended that ALS should remain in state 'disabled', since SURPASS hiT 7500-B has its own laser safety implementations and transponders emit only hazard level 1. Automatic laser restart SURP URPASS ASS hi hiT T 75 7500 00-B -B al also so fe feat atur ures es au auto toma mati tic c la lase serr re rest star artt that that ca can n be en enab able led/ d/di dissabled for each OCR10T, OCR10R and TEX card by the user. • Automatic restart enabled: Automatic attempts to restart will be made at preset time intervals. • Automatic restart disabled: If th the e la lase serr on th this is card card has has been been auto automa mati tica call lly y shut shut down down,, no auto automa mati tic c atte attemp mptt to restart the laser will be made.

more detai details ls abou aboutt th the e au auto tomat matic ic la lase serr res resta tart rt,, see see the the on onliline ne help help of the the SURP SURPAS ASS S Help For more hiT 7500-B Element Manager software. Manual laser restart It is possible to restart a card laser manually via two Element Manager commands: • Manual restart: This command can be issued after the laser was automatically shut down. • Manual restart for test: Sa Same me beha behavi vior or as for "m "man anua uall re rest start art", ", excep xceptt that that the the la lase serr is switc witche hed d on for 90 s, then always switched off. Help For more details about the manual laser restart, see the online help of the SURPASS hiT 7500-B Element Manager software. Forced laser shutdown A Force Forced d Laser Laser Sh Shut utdo down wn comma command nd can can be en ente tered red in inde depen pende dent ntly ly if the the Au Autom tomat atic ic La La-ser ser Sh Shut utdo down wn fu func ncti tion on is enab enable led d or di disa sabl bled ed.. No re rest star artt wi will ll be poss possib ible le unti untill the the la lase serr is manually enabled again.

A42022-L5961-D251-2-7618

21

 

Technical Description (TED)

3.1. 3.1.2 2

Information SURPASS hiT 7500-B 3.13

Su Supe perr For Forwa ward rd Erro Errorr C Cor orre rect ctio ion n ((SS-FE FEC) C) To ac achi hiev eve e an op opti timu mum m le leve vell of si sign gnal al pe perf rfor orma manc nce, e, a ce cert rtai ain n Opti Optica call Si Sign gnal al to Nois Noise e Rati Ra tio o (OSN (OSNR) R),, whic which h depe depend nds s on th the e use use of Fo Forw rwar ard d / Su Supe perr Fo Forw rwar ard d Er Erro rorr Corr Correc ecti tion on (FEC/S-FEC) techniques must be met. S-FE S-FEC C is a co codi ding ng al algo gori rith thm m th that at en enab able les s bi bitt er erro rors rs to be de dete tect cted ed an and d co corr rrec ecte ted. d. It is appl ap plie ied d on th the e li line ne si side de only only,, wher wherea eas s on the the clie client nt the the stan standa dard rd FEC FEC tech techni niqu que e can can be used. Wi With th in incr crea easi sing ng tr tran ansm smis issi sion on ra rate tes, s, di dist stan ance ce-li -limi miti ting ng pheno phenome mena na such such as fibe fiberr non-l non-lin in-eari eariti ties es,, chro chroma mati tic c di disp sper ersi sion on,, and and PM PMD D have have a more more pr pron onou ounc nced ed effe effect ct.. Th The e abil abilit ity y to corre correct ct bi bitt er error rors s tr trans ansla late tes s di dire rect ctly ly in into to the the ab abililit ity y to ha have ve a hi high gher er rea reach ch.. Dist Distan ance ces s tha that, t, wi with thou outt SS-FE FEC, C, woul would d su suff ffer er an unac unacce cept ptab able le re rece ceiv ivee-en end d OSNR OSNR can can be succ succes essf sful ully ly spann spanned ed when when SS-FE FEC C is us used ed.. SS-FE FEC C provi provide des s ne netw twork orks s with with ad addi diti tion onal al OS OSNR NR margi margin. n. SS-FE FEC C is a "f "for orwa ward rd"" sche scheme me,, i. i.e. e.,, th the e re rece ceiv iver er need needs s only only the the in info form rmat atio ion n it re rece ceiv ives es to detect and correct bit errors - it never requests a re-transmission. Note th Note that at BIP BIP-8 in th the e pa path th (ODU (ODU)) an and d se sect ctio ion n (O (OTU TU)) la laye yers rs pr prov oviide des s er erro rorr moni monito tori ring ng only only on th the e payl payloa oad. d. SS-FE FEC C pr prov ovid ides es er erro rorr corr correc ecti tion on in the the clie client nt's 's payl payloa oad d and and al alll the the over overhe head ads s (OPU (OPU-O -OH, H, ODUODU-OH OH,, OTUOTU-OH OH). ). OPU, OPU, OD ODU U and and OTU OTU ar are e the the subsub-la laye yers rs of the optical channel (client signal), as defined in ITU-T G.709. SURPAS SURP ASS S hi hiT T 7500 7500-B -B uses uses a pr prop opri riet etar ary y me meth thod od to impl implem emen entt "Out "Out-o -off-Ba Band nd"" SS-FE FEC C (O (OOB OB SS-FE FEC) C).. Wi With th thi this s metho method, d, th the e tr tran ansm smis issi sion on ra rate te is in incr crea ease sed d to acco accomm mmod odate ate the basi basic c SONE SONET/ T/SD SDH/ H/LA LAN N PHY PHY payl payloa oad d pl plus us the the adde added d SS-FE FEC C and and mana manage geme ment nt over over-head.

3.1. 3.1.3 3

Op Opti tica call c con ontr trol ol and and man manag agem emen entt Optica Opti call lilink nk cont contro roll is in inte tend nded ed to ensur ensure e op opti timi mize zed d optic optical al lilink nk opera operati tion on in any any lilink nk state state.. Th The e goal goals s ar are e to main mainta tain in suff suffic icie ient nt li link nk perf perfor orma manc nce e and and cons conseq eque uent ntly ly an equa equall lly y di disstr trib ibut uted ed OSNR OSNR le leve vell at each each chan channe nel'l's s tail tail end end (O (OSN SNR R at el elec ectr tric ical al re rece ceiv iver er or re rege gene nerrator locations). With Within in ea eac ch in indi divi vidu dual al NE, NE, th the e OSCT OSCT ca card rd se serv rves es as ce cent ntra rall in inst stan ance ce to ma mana nage ge an and d cont contro roll al alll opti optica call li link nk re rele leva vant nt in info form rmat atio ion. n. OSCT OSCT card cards s wi with thin in an opti optica call li link nk must must exexch chan ange ge mana manage geme ment nt in info form rmat atio ion n as wel elll as meas measur urem emen entt data data am amon ong g each each othe other. r. A li link nk mast master er fu func ncti tion onal alit ity y is perf perfor orme med d by the the firs firstt OS OSCT CT card card wi with thin in the the opti optica call li link nk.. Ea Each ch tr tran ansm smis issi sion on di dire rect ctio ion n has has it its s own own li link nk mast master er OSCT OSCT.. Th The e li link nk mast master er cont contro rols ls the the comcomplete optical link. Li Link nk mana managem gemen entt in info form rmati ation on and measu measure reme ment nt dat data a neede needed d for for cont contro rollllin ing g the the op opti tica call lilink nk is ex exch chan ange ged d be betw twee een n ne netw twor ork k el elem emen ents ts via via the the op opti tica call super supervi viso sory ry chan channel nel (O (OSC SC). ).

22

A42022-L5961-D251-2-7618

   

Information SURPASS hiT 7500-B 3.13

Technical Description (TED)

OADMB

OTTB

OLRB OSCT

OSCT

OSCT

OSCT

OSC

OSC

OSC

OSC

OSC

OSC

Link A

Fig. 3.1

OTTB

Link B

Example (basic link type) for optical link communication between network

NE exter externa nall comm communi unica cati tion on lilink nks s (Fig. (Fig. 3.1) 3.1) and and NE in inte tern rnal al comm commun unic icat atio ion n li link nks s (Fig (Fig.. 3.2) are e es esta tabl blis ishe hed d to prope properl rly y op oper erat ate e al alll op opti tica call lilink nk cont control rol me mech chani anism sms s for for the the whol whole e 3.2) ar link and within th the e NE. As OSCT cards must derive data and set actors within the NE reliably, CAN bus communication is implemented within the NE. OTTB    0    1    M    O

   0    1    F    O

CAN

CAN

   0    1    A    D    O

OSCT CA N

CAN OSC OLI

OPAPC OSC OLI

   0    1    F    O

Fig. 3.2

Example for optical link communication within a network element

In detail, OSCT card is to establish permanent communication with:  – OLI cards  – OM10 cards  – ODA10 cards  – OPAPC OPAPC  – RPUMPC  – SMU2

3.1. 3.1.3. 3.1 1

Ba Basi sic cB Beh ehav avio iorr o off Bas Basic ic Li Link nk Co Cont ntro roll An opti optica call li link nk cons consis ists ts of se seve vera rall netw networ ork k el elem emen ents ts (typ (types es OT OTTB TB,, OLRB OLRB and and OADM OADMB) B) 3.3). ). and the appropriate optical connections (Fig. 3.3

A42022-L5961-D251-2-7618

23

      

Technical Description (TED)

Information SURPASS hiT 7500-B 3.13

new channel count n channels OTTB

n channels

OLRB

Link section

Fig. 3.3

OTTB

x channels

new new channel channel count y channels count OTTB

Link section

z channels

OADMB

z channels

OLRB

OTTB

Link section

Schematic of basic basic link control

mprrises of a set of adjacent optical line Link secti Link section on defini definitio tion: n: Any link section comp spans spans wi witho thout ut chann channel el coun countt chan change ge i. e., e., with without out an any y mux/d mux/dem emux ux dev devic ice. e. A lilink nk sect sectio ion n st star arts ts at an any y OTTB OTTB or OADM OADMB B (h (hea ead d en end) d).. A li link nk secti ection on is term termin inat ated ed by an any y OT OTTB TB or OADMB (tail end). With Within in th the e li link nk,, li link nk co cont ntro roll is re res spo pons nsib ible le for for di dist stri ribu buti tion on of al alll re rele leva vant nt in info form rmat atio ion n to prop proper erly ly oper operat ate e al alll NEs. NEs. Th That at is is,, OLI OLI para parame mete ters rs (g (gai ain, n, chan channe nell powe power) r) with within in the the li link nk are are to be set. set. Fo Forr cont contro roll llin ing g the the perper-ch chan anne nell powe power, r, it is nece necess ssar ary y to di dist stri ribu bute te pr prop oper er cont contro roll para parame mete ters rs wi with thin in th the e li link nk.. Th Thes ese e para parame mete ters rs can can be the the exac exactt chan channe nell co coun untt (i (iff and when available) or the current power levels at the link source side. The NEs can be operated with two different channel status evaluation modes: a) an OPAPC OPAPC card card is equipped equipped within within first NE of the the optic optical al link (h (head-end ead-end). ). The OPAP OPAPC C card card wi willll provi provide de al alll rel rele evant vant chann channel el coun countt and and chan channe nell stat status us info informa rma-tion to properly operate the optical link on the basis of distributed channel status map ma p. Th The e chan channe nell st stat atus us map map wi will ll be upda update ted d by the the OPAP OPAPC C card card.. In case case of expli xplici citt configuration by operator (via management interface), inter face), the OPAPC OPAPC card may overwrite this information with the measured data of the actual spectrum scan. b) no OPAPC OPAPC card card is ava availa ilabl ble. e. An ex expl plic icit it chann channel el coun countt an and d chan channe nell stat status us must must be enter entered ed manua manualllly y. Opti Optica call lilink nk control must be performed with optical power level data from head-end location of th the e li link nk (h (hea eadd-en end d of OMS) OMS).. Henc Hence, e, the the in inpu putt powe powerr of the the first first OL OLII wi with thin in the the opti optica call li link nk is su supe perv rvis ised ed.. If th the e firs rstt NE wi with thin in the the li link nk is a bo boos oste terr-le less ss type type,, the the OM OMS S se seccti tion on in inpu putt powe powerr is eval alua uate ted d at th the e card card re repl plac acin ing g the the acti activ ve boos booste terr (i (i.e .e., ., the the OL OLIF IF card with OSC splitter and optical monitor for OMS input power detection). In case of power change (which is also an indication of channel upgrade/downgrade), this changed power level is distributed downstream within the optical link. OSCT OS CT card card mast master er fu func ncti tiona onalility ty is re resp spon onsi sibl ble e for di dist strib ributi ution on of al alll re rele leva vant nt in info forma rma-tion in parallel:  – channel status map: This Thi s ty type pe of da data ta has has to be cons consis iste tent nt with with actu actual al lilink nk confi configu gura rati tion on (o (ope pera rato tor’ r’s s respon sponsi sibi bilility ty). ). The chann channel el st stat atus us map map is not tail tailor ored ed in indi divi vidua dualllly y for for basi basic c lilink nk concontr trol ol ty type pe.. Th The e ch chan anne nell st stat atus us bit bit map map cont contai ains ns 89 chan channe nels ls.. It is in the the oper operat ator or’’s re respo spons nsib ibililit ity y to sele select ct the pr prop oper er chan channe nels ls for for basic basic lilink nk cont control rol type type.. Th The e chann channel el status map must be configured by the operator before link startup. The channel status map must be upgraded in case of every channel upgrade/downgrade.  – first OLI's power level: level: This data follows strictly any channel power changes.

24

A42022-L5961-D251-2-7618

 

Information SURPASS hiT 7500-B 3.13

Technical Description (TED)

 – power control type (channel status selector): This Thi s data data indica indicate te the valid validity ity of channel channel status status map respec respectiv tively ely the opt optica icall power power level. In case of a newly configured channel status map, ma p, this selector points on the channel status map. All OSCT card functionalities fun ctionalities within the link are able to readjust their calibration to an explicit channel count. Channel status map, OLI power level and power control type are distributed distr ibuted downstream to all OSCTs within the link in parallel. In case case of OLI OLI shut shut-d -dow own n wi with thin in one one NE, NE, a chan channe nell stat status us map map with with al alll chan channe nels ls in inac acti tive ve is sent to downstream NEs. The optical link control covers the following link oriented tasks: 1. Netw Network ork el elem ement ent st start artup up Cards Ca rds can can be in inse serted rted and and supp supply ly volt voltag age e is appl applie ied. d. Fo Forr reaso reasons ns of safe safety ty,, al alll pump pump and RPump lasers in the system are switched off. The network element startup includes among others: upload and download of card status information, start of the opti optica call supe supervi rviso sory ry chan channe nell (OSC (OSC), ), start start of some some in inte tern rnal al cont contro roll circ circui uits ts (e (e.. g. temtemperature control). 2. Prestar t Setting direction ID and automatic spanloss correction. These configurations are signalled to the downstream NEs within the optical link. 3. Transmit ransmit channel channel power power equaliza equalization tion / power adjustment adjustment Input power values of all channels are adjusted to TransNet pre-calculated values (T (Tran ransNe sNett power power vecto vector). r). Channel Channel power power adjust adjustmen mentt must must be performe performed d in advanc advance e to li link nk sta tart rtup up as wel elll as for an any y ch chan anne nell to be upgr upgrad aded ed at an exist xistin ing g an and d ru runn nniing link. 4. Link st start rtu up Is pe perf rform ormed ed as sequ sequen enti tial al setu setup p of the the DWD WDM M ne netw twork ork el elem ement ents s (sepa (separa ratel tely y from from both sides). The purpose of link startup is to determine, set and stabilize line and card card pa para rame mete ters rs (e (e.g .g., ., EDF EDFA gain gain an and d outpu outputt powe powerr, speed speed of OLI OLI outpu outputt powe powerr concontr trol ol)) pr prio iorr to ru runn nnin ing g tr traf affic fic.. Ti Tilt lt is set set to the the re requ quir ired ed val alue ue acco accord rdin ing g to calc calcul ulat atio ion. n. The output power of each amplifier am plifier has to reach the desired value before the next amplifier in line is allowed to switch on. 5. Link rru unni nin ng In Incl clud udes es norma normall runni running ng st stat ate e as well well as re reac acti tion on on exce except ptio iona nall even events ts such such as lo loss ss of optical carriers, APSD etc. Tilt and VOA closed loop control on OLI cards is conti tinu nuou ousl sly y worki working ng in runni running ng st state ate (if en enab able led). d). Demu Demux x card cards s with with VOA OAs s (O (OD DA1 A10) 0) au au-to tono nomo mous usly ly pe perf rform orm ou outp tput ut powe powerr cont contro roll (d (drop rop cont contro rol) l).. The outp output ut po powe werr valu value e is kept in a defined window. window. Th The e chan channe nell st stat atus us,, delt delta a powe powerr le lev vel of OMS OMS sect sectio ion n in inpu putt and and the the chan channe nell usag usage e will be periodically distributed downstream the link. Link power values from the first OLI within the optical link will be continuously distributed downstream the link for OLI control.

A42022-L5961-D251-2-7618

25

    

Technical Description (TED)

Information SURPASS hiT 7500-B 3.13

6. Tilt c co ontro roll Ti Tilt lt cont contro roll me mech chan anis isms ms ar are e only only supp support orted ed if OP OPAP APC C card cards s ar are e equi equipp pped ed at OLRB OLRB sites. Ba Basi sic c, co comp mpac actt and and sl slim im OLI OLI card cards s in incl clud ude e a VOA for tilt tilt co cont ntro rol. l. Th The e tilt tilt of the the chan chan-nel powers measured at the OLI output fiber is used to control the VOA locally on the same OLI. 7. Channel Channel up-/d up-/down owngra grade de whi while le traffic traffic is runnin running g In lilink nkst state ate runni running ng,, th the e autom automat atic ic upgra upgrade de of ad addi diti tion onal al chan channe nels ls or the down downgr grad ade e of chan channe nels ls is poss possib ible le.. Th The e re rema main inin ing g chan channe nels ls ar are e not not aff affecte ected d by the the upgr upgrad ade e or downgrade. Link control mechanisms require a step-by-step upgrade of channels wi with th pe per-s r-ste tep p up upgr grad ade e chann channel el po powe werr lilimi mita tati tion on even even if over overal alll upgr upgrad ade e is re requ quest ested ed for more channels. In mode mode SI SING NGLE LEST STEP EP, a pr pree eemp mpha hasi sis s mu must st be perf perfor orme med d by the the oper operat ator or afte afterr upupgrade or downgrade, if OM cards are equipped. e quipped. 8. Pr Pree eemp mpha hasi sis s contr control ol Pr Pree eemp mphas hasis is is pe perf rform ormed ed to achi achiev eve e op opti timu mum m OS OSNR NR di dist strib ributi ution on at ea each ch lilink nk end. end. It will be done by correction of Tx power values at the beginning of the link (OTTB) 3.4). ). by means of attenuator plugs or o r VOAs (Fig. 3.4 Si Sing ngle le st step ep pr pree eemp mpha hasi sis s is only only poss possib ible le at OTTB TTB and and must must be trig trigge gere red d by the the opoperator. At OTTB, only express channels (OTTB head-end to OTTB tail-end, i.e., spanning the whole link) located on active cards (OM10 - detectable by NE) can be included into into the automa automatic tic preemph preemphasi asis s by OSCT OSCT. All rel relev evant ant channe channell power power measur measuremen ementt values have to be: - provided by the operator if no OPAPC is equipped at OTTB terminals - derived autonomously within the link if OPAPCs OPAPCs are equipped at OTTB terminals For OF10 OF10 and and OMD4 OMD4 ca card rds, s, th the e fol ollo lowi wing ng manu manual al sett settin ing g must must be done done for enha enhanc nceement me nt of th the e ov over eral alll lilink nk perf perform orman ance ce:: An en end-o d-off-liliffe opti optimi mize zed d chan channe nell spec specifi ific c atte attennua uati tion on is to be calc calcul ulat ated ed by Trans ransNe Net. t. The muxmux-si side de atten attenua uator tor is reali realize zed, d, e.g., e.g., by attenuator plugs. The channels require a power adjustment via OSA or OPAPC measurement. Preemphasis section

OTTB

OLRB

Preemphasis section

OTTB

OTTB

Link section

VOA (OMxx) or Patchcord (OFxx)

Fig. 3.4

26

Link section

VOA (OMxx) or Patchcord (OFxx)

OADMB

OLRB

OTTB

Link section

Patchcord only

Link and preemphasis sections

A42022-L5961-D251-2-7618

 

Information SURPASS hiT 7500-B 3.13

3.1. 3.1.3. 3.2 2

Technical Description (TED)

Op Optic tical al lin link k com commi miss ssio ioni ning ng proc proced edur ures es Fo Forr basi basic c lilink nk ty types pes chan channe nell de dete tect ctio ion, n, chan channe nell po powe werr adju adjust stme ment nt an and d pr pree eemph mphas asis is setsettings must be performed explicitely and locally by the operator:  – If a channel is active, the link must be informed via operator configuration or via OPAPC detection.  – A new channel must be adjusted for proper OMS input power lev level. el. TransNet TransNet provi vides des pr prop oper er powe powerr valu values es (mean (mean valu value e P1 P1op optt with with chan channe nell indi indivi vidu dual al de devi viati ation ons s acaccording tilt and preemphasis settings), which must be adjusted for each individual channel. For OF10 and OMD4 cards, power adjustment must be performed by changing external attenuators until OMS power level fits. For OM10 cards channels can be adjusted by means of the card's VOA.  – Express channels within OADMBs must be properly adjusted to TransNet power level (a (ada dapt pt to over overal alll chan channe nell me mean an val alue ue P1 P1op opt) t) by mean means s of an expre xpress ss chan channe nell atattenuator (to be changed manually by service personnel during startup procedure).

3.1.3 .1.3.3 .3

Dro rop p Chan Chann nel Co Con ntr tro ol Th There ere ar are e no mean means s impl impleme ement nted ed to moni monito torr or to di direc rectl tly y cont contro roll the the de demu mux x ou outpu tputt powpower at OF10 OF10 or at OMD4 OMD4 card card ty type pes. s. Th Ther eref efor ore, e, duri during ng chan channe nell in inst stal alla lati tion on,, the the chan channe nell ou outp tput ut po pow wer is to be ev eval alua uate ted d an and d an ap appr prop opri riat ate e ou outp tput ut po powe werr le leve vell is to be es esta tabbli lish shed ed by mean means s of exte extern rnal al at atte tenu nuat ator ors. s. Th The e dr drop op side side atte attenu nuat ator ors s must must be set set to fix fix the the output power at the mean value of the allowed channel output power window. Channe Chan nell-sp spec ecif ific ic VO VOAs As on ODA1 ODA10 0 card cards s wi will ll be cont contro roll lled ed to fix fix each each chan channe nel'l's s outp output ut po powe werr dynam dynamic ical ally ly at th the e mean mean valu value e of the the al allo lowe wed d ou outp tput ut po powe werr wind window ow.. Ad Adap apti ting ng the the ODA1 OD A10 0 based based VOAs VOAs wi willll be perfo performe rmed d auto automat matic ical ally ly after after lilink nk star startu tup p an and d after after ea each ch sinsingl glee-st step ep pr pree eemph mphas asis is tr trig igger ger (af (afte terr pr pree eemph mphas asis is sett settin ing g has has prope properl rly y stabi stabililize zed). d). This This ODA1 OD A10 0 acti action on wi will ll be perf perfor orme med d fo forr each each acti active ve chan channe nell tran transp spor orte ted d via via this this card card,, i.e. i.e.,, whe heth ther er th this is ch chan anne nell is an ex expr pres ess s ch chan anne nell or an ad add/ d/dr drop op ch chan anne nell an and d whet whethe herr thi this chan channe nell cont contri ribut butes es to au auto tomat matic ic preem preemph phasi asis s sett settin ing g or not. not. It is in the the re resp spons onsib ibililit ity y of Tr Tran ansN sNet et equi equipm pmen entt sele select ctio ion n to dete determ rmin ine e whic which h chan channe nell is to be dr drop oppe ped d by me mean ans s of an ODA10 card.

3.1.3.4

ASE c co orrection Amplified Amplif ied Spo Sponta ntaneou neous s Emissi Emissions ons (ASE) (ASE) are undesi undesired red effects effects gen generat erated ed in optica opticall amplifiers. ASE correction increases the required linear total output power. The The cy cycl clic ical al ASE co corr rrec ecti tion on is au auto tono nomo mous usly ly do done ne by an any y OL OLII ca card rd in the the op opti tica call path path.. Howev owever er,, a re redu duct ctio ion n of th the e ASE co corr rrec ecti tion on is re requ quiire red d if the the ASE ac accu cumu mula lati tion on in the the opti optica call path path is in inte terr rrup upte ted d (e (e.g .g., ., due due to an auto automa mati tic c powe powerr shut shutdo down wn in the the opti optica call li line ne pr prea eampl mplif ifie ierr of th the e OADM OADMB) B).. The re reduc ducti tion on of the the AS ASE E corr correct ectio ion n is pro proce cess ssed ed sepa separat rateely for each EDFA band (band specific updates). Fo Forr pr pree eemp mpha hasi sis s ty type pe "p "pow ower er", ", th the e tota totall lo loca call ASE ASE powe powerr is calc calcul ulat ated ed by each each OL OLII card card in th the e li link nk.. Th The e own own co corr rrec ecti tion on va valu lue e or the the defa defaul ultt valu value e is tran transm smit itte ted d down downst stre ream am via via the OSC. In case of a los oss s of th the e OSC, the OLI card calcul ulat ate es using the last received ASE correction value. The The ac accu cumu mula late ted d ASE ASE po powe werr must must be co conf nfig igur ured ed for for ea each ch OLI OLI ca card rd in the the li link nk.. For For ca callcula culati ting ng th the e accu accumu mula late ted d ASE, ASE, th the e Tr Tran ansN sNet et pl plan anni ning ng tool tool desc descri ribe bed d in Chap Chapte terr 9 is used.

A42022-L5961-D251-2-7618

27

 

Technical Description (TED)

3.1. 3.1.3. 3.5 5

Information SURPASS hiT 7500-B 3.13

Sp Span an lo loss ss su supe perv rvis isio ion na and nd co corre rrect ctio ion n In th the e li link nk st stat ate e "r "run unni ning ng", ", th the e auto automa mati tic c span span lo loss ss supe superv rvis isio ion n and and corr correc ecti tion on ar are e done done by any OLI card of the inline or preamplifier terminal type in the WDM link. The The sp span an lo loss ss co corr rrec ecti tion on ke keep eps s bo both th th the e OLI OLI pr pret etiilt an and d the the OLI OLI tota totall ou outp tput ut po pow wer in a constant state for “slow” span loss changes. A pe perio riodi dic c supe superv rvis isio ion n is perfo perform rmed ed agai agains nstt a pre prede defi fine ned d re refe feren rence ce span span lo loss ss.. Usua Usualllly, y, th this is re refe fere renc nce e span span lo loss ss fo forr supe superv rvis isio ion n is id iden enti tica call to the the EO EOL L span span lo loss ss as used used duri during ng li link nk ca calc lcul ulat atio ion. n. Th The e cu curr rren entt to tota tall OLI OLI pr prea eamp mpli lifi fier er outp output ut powe powerr is peri period odic ical ally ly (3 (30 0 ms) ms) capt captur ured ed and and - if enab enable led d - sm smoo ooth thed ed by a movi moving ng aver averag age e filt filter er cons consid ider erin ing g the the la last st 100 100 values.

3.2

Synchronization In all NEs (except of OCU), the OSCTUI/OSCTUT card pro rov vide des s the mas master system tem clock (T0), which is used to synchronize the real-time clock on the MCU card. Al Alll cl cloc ocks ks in th the e SURP SURPAS ASS S hi hiT T 7500 7500-B -B syst system em ar are e sync synchr hron oniz ized ed via via the the Opti Optica call Su Supe perrThe OS OSC C timi timing ng ge gene nera rato tors rs ca can n ei eith ther er be viso visory ry Chan Channe nell (OSC (OSC,, see see Chap Chapte terr 5.3.16). 5.3.16). The locked to the incoming OSC signal or they can be operated in free running mode In ad addi diti tion on,, an ex exte tern rnal al cl cloc ock k in inpu putt (T3) (T3) ca can n be us used ed to ac achi hiev eve e maxi maximu mum m ac accu cura racy cy.. If the T3 signal fai aills, the inter ern nal clock (T2 (T2) will be used instead. A priority list is used to control the switchover. The The MCU MCU cl cloc ock k is ba batt tter ery y ba back cked ed-u -up p in ca case se of po pow wer fail failur ure e or temp tempor orar ary y re remo mova vall of the MCU card.

3.3

System management An overview of the network management (including user access control) is given in Chapter 8.

3.3 3.3.1

NE sup upe erv rvis isio ion na and nd con ontr trol ol SURPASS 7500-B provides the following access options:  – FlexiblehiT TMN (Telecommunications (Telecommunications Managed Network) interface types for network element management: Q3 over TCP/IP (RFC1006) / 7-layer OSI stack / Q-F stack  – Advanced GUI-based Element Manager software that runs on MS-Windows platforms  – Remote download capability via FTP and Element Manager The control capabilities include:  – Control of NEs during initial system startup; pump lasers off-state for safety, safety, upload and downlo download ad of card card inf informa ormatio tion, n, initia initiall equali equalizat zation ion of tra transm nsmit it cha channe nnell signal signal powpower, stabilization of line and card parameters (e.g., EDFA gain and output power).  – After the network becomes fully operational, the system monitors the required ad justments of the EDFAs EDFAs (pump lasers, output power, VOA and power tilt control, automatic power shutdown).  – Preemphasis and tilt control correct transmit input powers to guarantee an optimum ou outpu tputt powe powerr di dist strib ribut utio ion n ov over er al alll chan channel nels, s, al also so re resu sult ltin ing g in op opti timu mum m OS OSNR NR valu values es..

28

A42022-L5961-D251-2-7618

 

Information SURPASS hiT 7500-B 3.13

Technical Description (TED)

In Info form rmati ation on to cont contro roll the op opti tica call path path is commu communi nica cate ted d be betw twee een n the NEs NEs via via the the Optic Optical al Supervisory Channel (OSC), see Chapter 3.3.3. 3.3.3.

3.3. 3.3.2 2

Da Data ta C Com ommu muni nica cati tion on N Net etwo work rk ((DC DCN) N) Th The e Data Data Commu Communi nica cati tion on Netw Networ ork k (D (DCN CN)) pr prov ovid ides es El Elem ement ent Mana Manager ger (E (EM) M) acce access ss to al alll network networ k elemen elements ts wit within hin one sub-net sub-networ work. k. The SURPAS SURPASS S hiT 7500 7500-B -B networ network k ele elemen ments ts are operable in pure OSI as well as in pure IP and mixed DCN networks. In addi additi tion on to th the e Et Ethe hern rnet et in inte terf rfac aces es (Q in inte terf rfac ace) e) of the the netw networ ork k el elem emen ents ts,, the the unde underrly lyin ing g DCN DCN pr prov ovid ides es in inter terco conn nnec ected ted data data chann channel els s (D (DCC CCs s and GCCs GCCs)) to op opera erate te al alll conconnect nected ed netw networ ork k el elem emen ents ts.. Th The e avai availa labl ble e F in inte terf rfac aces es do not not pr prov ovid ide e acce access ss to the the DCN, DCN, but allow only local operation of network elements. Th The e lo logi gica call DCN DCN netwo network rk to topol polog ogy y is pri princi ncipal pally ly in inde depe pend ndent ent of the the actu actual al traff traffic ic ne netw twor ork k to topo polo logy gy,, but but uses uses th the e tr traf affi fic c netw networ ork k as serv servic ice e la laye yer. r. DCN DCN re redu dund ndan ancy cy (e (e.g .g., ., al alte tern rnaative routing via IS-IS) is used instead of MCF redundancy inside the NE. Foll Follow owiing th the e OSI OSI la laye yerr mode modell of co comm mmun uniica cati tion on,, the the DCN DCN is re rest stri rict cted ed to la laye yers rs 1 to 4 and is independent of the application layer used (e.g., QST, QD2 or Q3).

3.3. 3.3.3 3

Op Opti tica call Su Supe perv rvis isor ory y Ch Chan anne nell (O (OSC SC)) SURPAS SURP ASS S hi hiT T 75 750000-B B of offer fers s a 22-Mb Mbit it/s /s opt optic ical al super supervi viso sory ry chan channe nell to provi provide de comm commuuni nica cati tion ons s be betw twee een n al alll SURP SURPAS ASS S hi hiT T 7500 7500-B -B NEs. NEs. Thi This s opti optica call supe superv rvis isor ory y chann channel el supsupport ports s al alll netw networ ork k mana manage geme ment nt comm commun unic icat atio ion n for for conf config igur urat atio ion, n, faul faultt ma mana nage geme ment nt,, perf perfor orma manc nce e moni monito tori ring ng,, and and soft softwa ware re main mainte tena nanc nce e re requ quir ired ed to set set up and and main mainta tain in a DWDM system. The OSC provides both a Data Communication Channel Optical (D (DCC CCOo Oo)) and and a Data Data Comm Commun unic icat atio ion n Chan Channel nel Multi Multipl plex ex (D (DCC CCMo) Mo),, bo both th with with 576 kbit kbit/s /s.. The The OSC OSC is a bi bidi dire rect ctio iona nall ch chan anne nell with with the the sa same me wave wavele leng ngth th of 16 1625 25 nm be bein ing g us used ed for both transmission directions, each on a separate fiber as shown in Fig. 3.5.

Customer OSS

LCT mode

NCT mode

   )    3    Q    (    t    n    e    r    e    h    t    E

OSS (Q) interface

Local (F) interface OSC (1625 nm) with DCCOo and DCCMo

MCU

Not Note: e:

OSC (1625 nm) with DCCOo and DCCMo

OSCTUI

OSCTUT

OTTB

MCU

OSC (1625 nm) with DCCOo and DCCMo

OLRB

MCU

OSC (1625 nm) with DCCOo and DCCMo

OSCTUI OSC (1625 nm) with DCCOo and DCCMo

OADMB

MCU OSCTUT

OSC (1625 nm) with DCCOo and DCCMo

OTTB

DC DCCOo COo is is terminat terminated ed at eve every ry NE NE.. DCCMo DCCMo is also also ter termin minated ated aatt every NE except OLRB. DCCMo is passed through each OLRB.

Fig. 3.5

Optical Supervisory Channel

A42022-L5961-D251-2-7618

29

 

Technical Description (TED)

Information SURPASS hiT 7500-B 3.13

The OSCTUI and OSCTUT cards are described in Chapter 5.3.16 5.3.16..

3.3. 3.3.4 4

Ge Gene neri ric cC Com ommu muni nica cati tion on Ch Chan anne nels ls (GC (GCCs Cs))

Th The e SURP SURPAS ASS S hi hiT T 7500 7500-B -B tr tran ansp spon onde derr equi equipm pmen entt supp suppor orts ts the the use use of Gene Generi ric c ComCommuni mu nica cati tion on Chan Channe nels ls (G (GCC CCs) s) th that at can can be used used to tran transm smit it netw networ ork k ma mana nage geme ment nt in info forrmation. The ITU-T G.709 standard defines three different GCCs:  – GCC0 part of the section (OTU) overhead: row 1, columns 11 and 12  – GCC1 part of the path (ODU) overhead: row 4, columns 1 and 2  – GCC2 part of the path (ODU) overhead: row 4, columns 3 and 4 Si Sinc nce e GCC0 GCC0 is part part of th the e OTU OTU over overhe head ad,, it supp suppor orts ts comm commun unic icat atio ion n betw betwee een n OTU OTU tertermina minati tion on po poin ints ts.. Si Sinc nce e GCC1 GCC1 an and d GCC2 GCC2 ar are e pa part rt of the the ODU ODU ov over erhe head ad,, they they ar are e us used ed for communication between ODU termination points. The st stand and-a -alo lone ne OCU OCU netw network ork el elem ement ent suppo support rt a numbe numberr of GCC GCC chan channe nels ls (d (dep epend endin ing g on MCU and transponder types). For For ea each ch ne netw twor ork k el elem emen ent, t, th the e us user er ca can n co conf nfig igur ure e how how thes these e buse buses s ar are e us used ed to impl mplement the desired GCC(s). In each netw two ork element, any OCR10T, OCR10R or TEX TEX card can be assigned to access GCC0, GCC1 or GCC2.

3.3.5

EOW interface Th The e engi engine neer erin ing g or orde derr wi wire re (E (EOW OW)) in inte terf rfac ace e can can be used used for for a tele teleph phon one e conn connec ecti tion on or conference from one NE to other NEs using a handset. The interfaces on the OSCTUI/OSCTUT card are:  – Two external 4-wire interfaces  – One external 4-wire interface and one 4-wire interface for the handset with selective call. The fi firs rst tivel exte ex tern al 4-w e in inter terfa face ce th the e (4 4-wir 4-w ire eein inte terf rfac ace eefor fo#1 r the thise pe ha hand ndse set tentl can catly ny onl only y be us ed al alte tern rnat ativ ely y rnal an and d 4-wir not not ire at th the e sa same meor ti time me (4-w -wir ire in inte terf rfac ace perm rman anen us used ed for foused r the th e handset). To enab enable le th the e comm commun unic icat atio ion n betw betwee een n two two opti optica call li link nks, s, the the OT OTTB TB at the the end end of the the li link nk ca can n be co conn nnec ecte ted d vi via a th the e EO EOW W2 co conn nnec ecto tors rs at the the COP COPA. So it is po poss ssib iblle to ha have ve tel telephon phone e co conn nnec ecti tion ons s be betw twee een n th thes ese e NEs by in inst stal alli ling ng an ex exte tern rnal al ca cabl ble e an and d to us use e on only ly one handset in a location. Interconnection is possible via a distance of up to 10 m. Th The e EOW EOW chan channe nell is mapp mapped ed to th the e fr fram ame e of the the opti optica call supe superv rvis isor ory y ch chan anne nell via via the the Eo byte byte or Fo by byte te (s (sel elec ecte ted d vi via a so soft ftwa ware re). ). Codi Coding ng/d /dec ecod odin ing g the the EOW ch chan anne nell is co conf nfiigurable for A-law (ETSI) or  µ-law (ANSI). The The co comp mpllet ete e EOW EOW in inte terf rfac ace e ca can n be en enab able led d or disa disabl bled ed by con onfi figu gura rati tion on.. Di Dis sab able led d means all Eo and Fo bytes are passed through, no access is possible. When th When the e hand handse sett is "o "off ff hook hook"" or th the e spee speech ch cont contro roll dete detect cts s an in inco comi ming ng spee speech ch sign signal al on th the e 44-wi wire re in inte terf rfac ace, e, th the e Eo and and Fo byte bytes s ar are e conn connec ecte ted d to the the EOW EOW in inte terf rfac ace e in insi side de the OSCTUI/OSCTUT card.

30

A42022-L5961-D251-2-7618

 

Information SURPASS hiT 7500-B 3.13

Technical Description (TED)

A 400 400 Hz ri ring ng to tone ne gene genera rato torr and and a dual dual tone tone mult multii-fr freq eque uenc ncy y (DTM (DTMF) F) di dial alli ling ng re rece ceiv iver er are permanently connected to the EOW conference. Th The e DTMF DTMF re rece ceiv iver er is co cons nsta tant ntly ly moni monito tori ring ng both both di dire rect ctio ion n li line nes s and and the the hand handse sett in inte terrface for a DTMF signal. The DTMF generator is part of the handset. A signal tone is applied to indicate the conference status. Support is provided for:  – Collective call  – Group call  – Selective call Th The e te tele lepho phone ne nu numb mber er is a conf config igur urab able le decim decimal al 3-dig 3-digit it numb number er.. On Only ly sele select ctiv ive e cal calls ls acactivate an audible tone generator. Th The e el elec ectr tric ical al EOW EOW in inte terf rfac aces es ar are e on the the conn connec ecto torr pane panell (C (COP OPA) A),, on the the netw networ ork k el eleement alarm panel (NEAP), all accessible via the front of the NE. The fu func ncti tions ons of th the e OSCT OSCTUI UI/O /OSC SCTU TUT T card cards s (i (incl ncludi uding ng the the EOW EOW re rela late ted d func functi tion ons) s) ar are e described in Chapter 5.3.16 5.3.16..

3.3. 3.3.6 6

Use serr d da ata ch cha ann nnel els s ((sV sV.1 .11) 1) Th The e user user data data chan channe nels ls ar are e used used fo forr bi bidi dire rect ctio iona nall sV.1 sV.11 1 conn connec ecti tion ons s betw betwee een n NE NEs s (e (exxternal electrical connection up to a distance of approximately 1000 meters). Ther There e ar are e tw two o sV sV.1 .11 1 in inte terf rfac aces es wi with th a da data ta ra rate te of 64 kb kbit it/s /s on each each OSC OSCTU TUI/ I/OS OSCT CTUT UT card. Eac ach h interf rfa ace can be configur ure ed to access one of the OSC bytes Fo or NU1 or NU2. NU 2. In th the e OTTB OTTB netw networ ork k el elem emen ent, t, thes these e byte bytes s ar are e term termin inat ated ed,, in the the OLRB OLRB and and OADOADMB ne netw twor ork k el elem emen ents ts th they ey ar are e te term rmin inat ated ed or pa pass ssed ed thro throug ugh h (fro (from m OSC OSC B to OSC OSC A, i.e. from side 1 to side 2). In the OTTB network element, a user data channel of OSC A can be connected to sV sV.1 .11 1 #1 or sV sV.1 .11 1 #2. #2. In OLRB OLRB and and OADM OADMB B ne netw twor ork k el elem emen ents ts,, a us user er data data ch chan anne nell of OSC A and/or OSC B can be connected to sV.11 #1 or sV.11 #2, or can be passed through. Cod odir irec ecti tion onal al Tx ti timi ming ng (d (dat ata a out, out, cloc clock k ou out) t) an and d con ontr trad adir irec ecti tion onal al Rx timi timing ng (d (dat ata a in in,, clock out) is applied, both derived from Tx of the OSC clock A.

3.3. 3.3.7 7

Tel elem eme etr try y iint nte erf rfac ace e ((TI TIF) F) TI TIF F in inpu puts ts and ou outp tput uts s ar are e in inten tende ded d to be used used for for tradi traditi tion onal al user user-de -defi fine ned d “h “hous ousek ekee eepping” purposes. The The TI TIF F in inpu puts ts (mon (monit itor ors) s) us usua uallly su supe perv rvis ise e pa part rtiicu cula larr ev even ents ts at the the site ite (suc (such h as fire fire al alar arm, m, ov over er-te -temp mpera eratu ture re al alar arm, m, do door or-op -open en al alar arm, m, etc. etc.). ). The TIF TIF out outpu puts ts (a (act ctors ors)) usual usually ly control particular devices at the site. TI TIF F moni monito tors rs and and actor actors s are avai availa labl ble e on each each subr subrac ack, k, prov provid ided ed by di diff ffere erent nt card card type types: s: OSCT OS CTUI UI/O /OSC SCTU TUT, T, SMU2 SMU2 an and d MCU. MCU. Th The e OSCT OSCTUI UI/O /OSC SCTU TUT T an and d SMU2 SMU2 card cards s ha have ve the the same same in inte terf rfac ace e char charac acte teri rist stic ic (1 (16 6 moni monito tors rs and and 4 acto actors rs). ). Th The e MCU MCU card card (car (carry ryin ing g out out the TIF functionality on the OCU network element) has 2 monitors and 2 actors. Th The e TI TIF F acto actors rs ar are e re rela lay y cont contac acts ts (swi (switc tchi hing ng betw betwee een n TIF TIF outp output ut and and TIF TIF comm common on). ). Th The e TI TIF F moni monitor tors s on th the e OSCT OSCTUI UI/O /OSC SCTU TUT T and and SM SMU2 U2 card cards s are optoc optocou oupl pler ers. s. These These monmonit itor ors s can can be tr trig igge gere red d by an exte extern rnal al volt voltag age e wi with th in inde depe pend nden entt pote potent ntia ial. l. Th The e TIF TIF mo moni ni--

A42022-L5961-D251-2-7618

31

 

Technical Description (TED)

Information SURPASS hiT 7500-B 3.13

to tors rs on th the e MCU MCU ar are e tr tran ansi sist stor or st stag ages es.. Thes These e mo moni nito tors rs ca can n be trig trigge gere red d by a ne nega gati tive ve voltage related to the potential of the network element (positive return). Th The e TI TIF F moni monito tors rs gene genera rate te an envi enviro ronm nmen enta tall al alar arm m on the the netw networ ork k el elem emen ent, t, wh when en the the curr curren entt st stat ate e di diff ffer ers s fr from om th the e conf config igur urab able le norm normal al stat state. e. Th The e TIF TIF acto actors rs do not not gene genera rate te alarms. TIF ci circ rcui uits ts must must be powe powere red d by ci circ rcui uits ts that that mee meett SE SELV LV (S (Saf afet ety y Ex Extr tra a Low Vo Volt ltag age) e) lilimmits according to Standards UL 1950, VDE 0100-410, and DIN EN 60950.

3. 3.4 4

Perf erfor orma manc nce e me meas asur urem emen entts SURPAS SURP ASS S hi hiT T 7500 7500-B -B moni monito tors rs va vari riou ous s perf perfor orma manc nce e para parame mete ters rs (e (e.g .g.. CV CV,, BB BBE, E, ES ES,, SES, SE S, SEFS SEFS,, UAS, UAS, Av Avgg-BE BER, R, MaxMax-BE BER) R) on many many la laye yers rs in or orde derr to calc calcul ulat ate e the the tran transsmiss missio ion n qual qualit ity. y. Ea Each ch OCR1 OCR10T 0T,, OCR1 OCR10R 0R and and TEX TEX card card accu accumu mula late tes s its its perf perfor orma manc nce e meas me asur urem emen ents ts ev ever ery y 00 00,, 15 15,, 30 30,, and and 45 minu minute tes s pa past st ea each ch ho hour ur.. At the the en end d of ea each ch 15 15-minu minute te re repo port rtin ing g peri period od,, each each card card auto automa mati tica call lly y re repo port rts s its its perf perfor orma manc nce e coun counts ts to the the MCU. MC U. In addi additi tion on,, 24-h 24-hou ourr perf perfor orma manc nce e coun counts ts ar are e obta obtain ined ed by summ summin ing g al alll 15-m 15-min inut ute e counts of the day. Th The e user user can can set set a th thre resh shol old d fo forr perf perfor orma manc nce e coun countt via via soft softwa ware re.. If this this thre thresh shol old d is exexceeded, a Threshold Crossing Alert (TCA) will be raised. The performance analyzing functions of the OPAPC card are described in Chapter 5.3.15

3.5

Fault management The Fault Fault Manag Managem ement ent re repor ports ts al alll hard hardwa ware re and and soft softwa ware re malf malfun unct ctio ions ns with within in a net netwo work rk element and monitors the integrity of all incoming and outgoing digital signals. The tasks of the Fault Management are to:  – detect anomalies  – derive faults by eliminating spurious anomalies  – trigger automatic maintenance actions (AIS inser insertion, tion, laser shutdown, etc.)  – reduce alarms by correlation of defects and by adjustable persistence checks  – time stamp events using the system real time clock  –  –  –  –  –  –

3.5.1 3.5.1.1

issue spontaneous alarm event notifications to the Element Manager prevent the report of unwanted alarm event notifications according to configurable alarm forwarding report alarms alar ms to the local alarm system indicate fault states of replaceable units store alarm events and alarm states for later retrieval support fault location for diagnosis and guiding of maintenance

Alarms Alarm types Basically, alarms can be grouped as follows: • Traffic related:  –  Communication alarms, alarms, originating from termination points

32

A42022-L5961-D251-2-7618

 

Information SURPASS hiT 7500-B 3.13

Technical Description (TED)

 –  Quali Quality ty of Servic Service e ala alarms rms (Qo (QoS), S), origina originatin ting g from terminat termination ion poi points nts with with perf perforormance activities • Equipment related:  –  Equipment alarms, alarms, originating from specific cards and slots (distinguished between “card not inserted” or “card faulty”)  –  Environmental alarms, alarms, originating from outside the network element (TIF)  –  Processing error alarms, alarms, originating from software  –  Security alarms, alarms, originating from security management

3.5.1.2

Ala larm rm filt lte eri rin ng The standard filters are shown in Fig. 3.6. They comprise:  – f1 Anomaly detection and integration to defect  – f2 Consequent action control  – f3 Defect correlation to fault cause  – f4 Integration of fault cause into failure (soak time)  – f5 Translation of failure into unit alarms  – f6 Translation of failure into network element alarm  – f7 Translation of failure into station alarm and alarm disconnect control  –

f8 Fault management selective reporting control;  these selective reports are forwarded to Fault Management specific logs Unit alarm (card LED)

Unit alarm (card LED) f5

f5 Anomalies

Defects f1 Fault cause

f1

f4

f3

NE alarms

Failure

f1

f6 Time stamp

Station alarms f7

f1 Integration time

Consequent Actions

f8

Report options

Alarm log

f2 Traffic card

OSCT The OSCT is included in the fau fault lt causes causes for all tra traffi ffic c cards cards via the CAN bus.

Fig. 3.6

3.5. 3.5.1. 1.3 3

TMN alarms

Time

MCU

Working split between traffic cards and MCU for alarm filtering of traffic card based anomalies

Fault Management filters

Alar Alarm m si sign gnal als s an and d LE LED D in indi dica cati tion ons s Va Vari riou ous s LED LED in indi dica cati tion ons s on th the e SURP SURPAS ASS S hi hiT T 7500 7500-B -B equi equipm pmen entt al allo low w phys physic ical al lo loca callizat atiion and a quick overview of ra raiised alarms, without the need eed for using any furth rther equipment (such as a craft terminal).

A42022-L5961-D251-2-7618

33

 

Technical Description (TED)

Information SURPASS hiT 7500-B 3.13

Card al Card alar arms ms of acti active ve ca card rds s (i (i.e .e., ., card cards s that that cont contai ain n a lo loca call card card cont contro roll ller er)) ar are e crea create ted d by th the e lo loca call ca card rd cont contro roll ller er and and di disp spla laye yed d via via the the Fa Faul ultt LED LED on the the card card fron frontt (see (see Chap Chap-ter 6.3.2.2). 6.3.2.2). Othe Otherw rwis ise e th the e al alar arms ms ar are e gene genera rate ted d by neig neighb hbor orin ing g card cards s (suc (such h as the the fan fan unit units s al alar arms ms th that at ar are e gene genera rate ted d by th the e OSCT OSCTUT UT/O /OSC SCTU TUII or SMU2 MU2 ca card rds, s, whic which h al also so switch on the fan alarm LED). All shelf (subra rac ck) al alar arm ms ar are e created by the MCU card. The The alarms are indicated by LEDs on the NEAP (see Chapter 6.2.2). 6.2.2). The rack rack al alar arms ms ar are e deriv derived ed from from the subr subrack ack al alar arms ms.. Th Thes ese e al alar arm m signa signals ls ar are e avai availa labl ble e at th the e COPA COPA (s (see ee Chap Chapte terr 6.2.3) 6.2.3) an and d at the the al alar arm m inter nterfa face ce of the the PDP on top top of the the ra rack ck (see Chapter 6.1.2.1). 6.1.2.1).

3.5. 3.5.1. 1.4 4

El Elem emen entt M Man anag ager er a ala larm rm d dis ispl play ay The most most deta detaililed ed al alarm arm in infor forma mati tion ons s are avai availa labl ble e usin using g the the SURP SURPAS ASS S hi hiT T 75007500-B B El El-ement Manager software (described in Chapter 8.6 8.6). ). It di disp spla lays ys eq equi uipm pment ent an and d comm commun unic icat atio ion n al alarm arms s on a conf config igur urabl able e graph graphic ical al view view (e (e.g. .g.,, module view, functional view, navigation tree), also offering:  – Current and history alarm alar m lists with various filter and sorting options  – Alarm name, severity and state informations  – Alarm acknowledge functions For detailed alarm information, see the Troubleshooting Manual of the SURPASS hiT 7500-B Element Manager.

3.5.2

AIS behavior AIS is sent downstrea eam m as an indication that an upstream defec efectt has been detec ecte ted d (I (ITU TU-T -T G.70 G.709) 9).. Th The e ta tabl bles es belo below w desc descri ribe be how how the the OCR1 OCR10T 0T,, OCR1 OCR10R 0R and and TEX TEX card cards s implement AIS. Condition at Client In LOS

G-AIS / MS-AIS

LOF G-AIS mapped in payload

G-AIS / MS-AIS G-AIS

AIS

G-AIS / MS-AIS

Tab. ab. 3.1

AIS implementation with OCR10T and TEX cards, Client In to Line Out direction

Condition at Line In

Resulting signal at Client Out

LOS

G-AIS / MS-AIS

LOF

G-AIS / MS-AIS

LOM

G-AIS / MS-AIS

Tab. ab. 3.2

34

Resulting signal at Line Out

AIS implementation with OCR10T and TEX cards, Line In to Client Out direction

A42022-L5961-D251-2-7618

 

Information SURPASS hiT 7500-B 3.13

Technical Description (TED)

Condition at Line In

Resulting signal at Client Out

G-AIS mapped in payload

G-AIS / MS-AIS

ODU-AIS

G-AIS / MS-AIS Note that the OCR10T and TEX cards trans transla late te an ODUODU-AI AIS S re rece ceiv ived ed at "Lin "Line e In" In" to G-AIS output at "Client Out".

ODU-PLM

G-AIS / MS-AIS

ODU/OTU TIM

G-AIS / MS-AIS

G-AIS / MS-AIS OTU Trace Identifier Mismatch (TIM). When a TIM condition is detected, the desi design gnate ated d AI AIS S si signa gnall wi willll be tr tran ansm smit itte ted d only only if th the e "TIM "TIM Cons Consequ equen entt Ac Acti tion ons" s" feafeatu ture re is enab enable led d by th the e user user vi via a a soft softwa ware re command. AIS implementation with OCR10T and TEX cards, Line In to Client Out direction (Cont.)

Tab. 3.2

Condition at Line In

Resulting Signal at Line Out

ODU LOS

ODU-AIS

ODU LOF

ODU-AIS

ODU-AIS OTU Trace Identifier Mismatch (TIM). When a TIM condition is detected, the desi design gnate ated d AI AIS S si signa gnall wi willll be tr tran ansm smit itte ted d only only if th the e "TIM "TIM Cons Consequ equen entt Ac Acti tion ons" s" feafeatu ture re is enab enable led d by th the e user user vi via a a soft softwa ware re command. Tab. 3.3

AIS implementation with OCR10R cards, Line In to Line Out direction

The The AIS AIS si sign gnal al on th the e ODU ODU le leve vell su supp ppre ress sses es al alll su subs bseq eque uent nt al alar arms ms on the the OTU OTU (sec (sec-ti tion on)) lay ayer er.. Th This is av avoi oids ds a fa faul ultt in a re rege gene nera rato torr ch chai ain n le lead adiing to a lar arge ge nu numb mber er of su subbsequ sequen entt er erro rors rs on ot othe herr re rege gene nera rato tors rs.. Howe Howeve ver, r, re rece cept ptio ion n of the the ODUODU-AI AIS S sign signal al will will lead to a fault on the ODU Layer in the OCR10T or TEX cards to indicate the fault on the ODU (path) layer. If an LOS or LOF state is detected at the Client In port of an OCR10T or TEX card, a Gene Ge neri ric c AI AIS S (G-A (G-AIS IS)) wi will ll be ma mapp pped ed in into to the the payl payloa oad d ar area ea of th the e OT OTU U sign signal al.. Th This is GG-AI AIS S wil illl be tr tran ansf sfer erre red d ov over er th the e ODU ODU pa path th al alll the the way way to the the en end d of the the op opti tic cal li link nk (i (i.e .e., ., to the the OCR10T or TEX card at the other end).

3.6

Protection sw switching  –  –  –

A42022-L5961-D251-2-7618

Per-channel protection implemented as a 1+1 transmit bridge, non-revertive receive-end switch Automatic protection switching is based on detection of a signal failure condition (LOS, LOF, AIS, EOCI) Built-in algorithms prevent oscillatory switching

35

 

Technical Description (TED)

 –

3.7

Information SURPASS hiT 7500-B 3.13

Manual switching, forced switching, and switching lockout features can be executed remotely by the user via software commands

Loopback b be ehavior For For te test st pu purp rpos oses es,, va vari riou ous s lo loop opba back ck mode modes s ca can n be co conf nfig igur ured ed with ith the the OCR OCR10 10T T an and d TEX cards. Tab. 3.4 gives a basic overview of the loopback options. Loopback type

Card

Card variant V5

Client interface loopback

OCR10T

LH / LH2 -

Regio2

-

V3

-

see Chapter 3.7.1.1

Line loopb loopback, ack,

see Chapter

see Chapter

see Chapter

see Chapter

tributary path (ODU1)

3.7.2.3

3.7.2.3

3.7.2.3

3.7.2.3

Line loopb loopback, ack,

see Chapter

see Chapter

see Chapter

see Chapter

path (ODU2)

3.7.2.2

3.7.2.2

3.7.2.2

3.7.2.1

Line loopb loopback, ack,

TEX

OCR10T

path (ODU2)

see Chapters 3.7.1.2

1)

and 3.7.1.3 2)

see Chapt Chapters ers 3.7.1.2

1)

see Chapte Chapters rs 3.7.1.2

and 3.7.1.3 2)

1)

see Chapter 3.7.1.2

and 3.7.1.3 2)

1) Client mode SDH/SONET or LAN (V5) 2) Client mode OTU2 or OTU2LAN (V5)

Tab. ab. 3.4

3.7.1 3.7. 3.7.1. 1.1 1

Basic loopback overview

OCR10T lo loo opbacks OC OCR1 R10T 0T-V -V3 3 wi with th c cli lien entt in inte terf rfac ace e lo loop opba back ck Line Out

Client In OH source

Encoder

G.709 stage

S-FEC stage

OH sink

Decoder

Client Out

Fig. 3.7

3.7. 3.7.1. 1.2 2

Line In

OCR10T-V3 with client interface loopback

OC OCR1 R10T 0T w wit ith h pa path th ((OD ODU2 U2)) lo loop opba back ck (client mode SDH/SONET or LAN [V5]) Line Out

Client In OH source

Encoder

G.709 stage

S-FEC stage

OH sink

Decoder

Client Out

Fig. 3.8

36

Line In

OCR10T with path (ODU2) loopback (client mode SDH/SONET or LAN [V5])

A42022-L5961-D251-2-7618

 

Information SURPASS hiT 7500-B 3.13

3.7.1. 3.7 .1.3 3

Technical Description (TED)

OCR OCR10T 10T-V5 -V5/LH /LH/LH /LH2/R 2/Regi egio2 o2 wit with h pat path h (OD (ODU2) U2) loo loopba pback ck (client mode OTU2 or OTU2LAN [V5]) Line Out

Client In

Client Out

Fig. 3.9

3.7. 3.7.1. 1.4 4

OH source

Encoder

G.709 stage

S-FEC stage

OH sink

Decoder

OCR10T-V5/LH/LH2/Regio2 with path (ODU2) loopback (client mode OTU2 or OTU2LAN [V5])

OC OCR1 R10T 0T-V -V3 3 wi with th b bot oth h pa path th a and nd c cli lien entt loo loopb pbac acks ks Line Out

Client In OH source

Encoder

G.709 stage

S-FEC stage

OH sink

Decoder

Client Out

Fig ig.. 3.10 .10

3.7.2

Line In

Line In

OCR10T-V3 with both path and client loopbacks

TEX llo oopbacks Up to 4 client loops can be configured independently.

3.7. 3.7.2. 2.1 1

TE TEX XV V3 3w wit ith hp pat ath h ((OD ODU2 U2)) lo loop opba back ck Rx1 Rx2 Rx3 Rx4

Line Out S-FEC encoder

TEX V3 Tx1 Tx2 Tx3 Tx4

Fig ig.. 3.11 .11

A42022-L5961-D251-2-7618

S-FEC decoder

Line In

TEX V3 with path (ODU2) loopback

37

 

Technical Description (TED)

3.7. 3.7.2. 2.2 2

Information SURPASS hiT 7500-B 3.13

TE TEX X V5/ V5/LH LH/L /LH2 H2/R /Reg egio io2 2 wit with h pa path th (O (ODU DU2) 2) lo loop opba back ck Rx1 Rx2 Rx3 Rx4

Line Out S-FEC encoder

TEX V5/LH/LH2/Regio2 Tx1 Tx2 Tx3 Tx4

Fig Fig. 3.12 .12

3.7. 3.7.2. 2.3 3

Line In S-FEC decoder

TEX V5/LH/LH2/Regio2 with path (ODU2) loopback

TE TEX Xw wit ith hp pat ath h ((OD ODU1 U1)) lloo oopb pbac ack k Rx1 Rx2 Rx3 Rx4

Line Out S-FEC encoder

TEX Tx1 Tx2 Tx3 Tx4

Fig Fig. 3.13 .13

3.7. 3.7.3 3

Line In S-FEC decoder

TEX with path (ODU1) loopback (on tributary 1 in this example)

TE TEX XL LH2 H2 an and dT TEX EX Re Regi gio2 o2 lo loop opba back cks s Wi With th TEX TEX LH2 LH2 and and TEX TEX Regi Regio2 o2,, a li line ne lo loop op (1 (10 0 Gb Gbit it/s /s traf traffi fic) c) and and a clie client nt lo loop op (2 (2.5 .5 Gbit Gbit/s /s traffic) can be implemented (see (see Fi Fig. g. 3. 3.14 14)).

OC-192

2.5 Gbi Gbit/s t/s

2.5 Gbi Gbit/s t/s

10 Gbit/s in

2.5 Gbi Gbit/s t/s Rx module B 4x OC-48

OC-192

2.5 Gbi Gbit/s t/s 2.5 Gbi Gbit/s t/s

TU in

2.5 Gbi Gbit/s t/s

10 Gbit Gbit/s /s ou outt

2.5 Gbi Gbit/s t/s 4x OC-48

Fig. ig. 3. 3.1 14

38

Tx module B TU out

2.5 Gbi Gbit/s t/s 2.5 Gbi Gbit/s t/s

Internal 8x8 2.5 Gbit/s cross connect

   k   c   a    b   p   o   o    l   s    /    t    i    b    G    0    1    /   s    /    t    i    b    G    5  .    2

2.5 Gbi Gbit/s t/s 2.5 Gbi Gbit/s t/s 2.5 Gbi Gbit/s t/s

Tx module A G.709 FEC 7% S-FEC

10 Gbit Gbit/s /s ou outt

OTU2V

Rx module A G.709 FEC 7% S-FEC

10 Gbit/s in

OTU2V

2.5 Gbit Gbit/s /s 2.5 Gbit Gbit/s /s 2.5 Gbit Gbit/s /s 2.5 Gbit Gbit/s /s

TEX LH2/Regio2 with loopbacks

A42022-L5961-D251-2-7618

 

Information SURPASS hiT 7500-B 3.13

Technical Description (TED)

4 Netw Networ ork k el elem emen entt and and su subs bsys yste tem m ttyp ypes es This chapter describes the available network element and subsystem types of SURPASS hiT 7500-B. Important functions of the SURPASS hiT 7500-B system are described in Chapter 3. The SURPASS hiT 7500-B cards are described in Chapter 5. The hardware design of the SURPASS hiT 7500-B racks, subracks and cards is described in Chapter 6. The names of the network element and subsystem types are explained in the Abbreviations chapter. Tab. 4.1 lists all available network elements and subsystems. NE or subsystem

Use

OTTB

4.1

Standalone NE or

OLRB

4.2

back-to-back OTTB Standalone NE

OADMB

4.3

Standalone NE

CCU

4.4

Standalone NE, used in:

OCU

4.5

Standalone NE

Tab. 4.1

4.1 4. 1

Described in Chapter

OTTB back-to-back

NE and subsystem types overview (sorted alphabetically)

Op Opti tica call Tra Trans nspo port rt Ter Termi mina nall Basi Basic c (O (OTT TTB) B) Th The e OTTB OTTB is a DWDM DWDM Netw Networ ork k El Elem emen ent. t. It mu mult ltip iple lexe xes s or demu demult ltip iple lexe xes s al alll chan channe nels ls of the DWDM transport network. Ba Back ck-t -too-bac back k OTTBs TTBs (O (OTTB TTB+C +CCU CU+O +OTTB TTB)) are reali realize zed d as two two back back-to -to-b -bac ack k ba basi sic c tertermina minals ls wi with th OCS OCS ca card rds s in be betw twee een, n, al alll ch chan anne nels ls ca can n be ad adde ded d /dro /dropp pped ed an and d ch chan anne nells whic wh ich h ar are e co conn nnec ecte ted d vi via a OCS OCS card cards s ar are e confi configu gura rab ble le.. Ba Bac ckk-to to-b -bac ack k OTTBs TTBs (b (bac ackk-to to-back terminals) will terminate preemphasis.

4. 4.2 2

Op Opti tica call Lin Line e Rep Repea eate terr Bas Basic ic (OLR (OLRB) B) The OLRB is a DWDM Network Element. It is used  – As a line amplifier  – To boost channel power  – To adjust power tilt  – To compensate dispersion

4.3 4.3

Op Opti tica call Add/ Add/Dr Drop op Mult Multip iple lexe xerr Basi Basic c (O (OAD ADMB MB)) Th The e OADM OADMB B is an opti optica call add/ add/dro drop p multi multipl plex exer er with with fixe fixed d 10 … 30% add/d add/dro rop p chan channe nels ls.. The OADMB is OMS termination point. It is no termination point for preemphasis.

A42022-L5961-D251-2-7618

39

 

Technical Description (TED)

4.4 4. 4

Information SURPASS hiT 7500-B 3.13

Opti Optica call Chan Channe nell Conn Connec ecti tion on Unit Unit (C (CCU CU)) Th The e CCU CCU is a DWDM DWDM Netw Networ ork k El Elem emen ent. t. It is used used to Sw Swit itch ch chan channe nels ls betw betwee een n add/ add/dr drop op or pass through without amplification (with OCS card). Th The e combination of two OTTBs as back-to-b -ba ack terminal als s with a CCU in between is used as an Optical Add/Drop Multiplexer.

4. 4.5 5

Opt Optica call Cha Chann nnel el Unit nit (O (OCU CU)) The The OCU OCU is a tr tran ansp spon onde derr ne netw twor ork k el elem emen ent. t. It is us used ed as the the "lin "link” k” be betw twee een n the the cli clien entt signal sig nals s and the DWDM DWDM tra transpo nsport rt networ network, k, pro provid viding ing channel channel-sp -speci ecific fic ser servic vices es for the cliclient signals. Depending on the equipping with cards, the OCU can perform the following functions:  – Transponder  – Multiplexing transponder  – Regenerator  – Optical protection switch

40

A42022-L5961-D251-2-7618

 

Information SURPASS hiT 7500-B 3.13

Technical Description (TED)

5 Cards This This ch chap apte terr li list sts s th the e SUR SURPASS PASS hi hiT T 75 7500 00-B -B pl plug ug-i -in n ca card rds s an and d thei theirr ap appl plic icat atio ion n in the the network elements, and describes the individual functions of the cards. Important functions of the SURPASS hiT 7500-B system are described in Chapter 3. The SURPASS hiT 7500-B network elements and subsystems are described in Chapter 4. The hardware design of the SURPASS hiT 7500-B racks, subracks and cards is described in Chapter 6.

5.1

Card types overvi rview Tab. 5.1 li list sts s th the e avai availa labl ble e card cards s and and the the netw networ ork k el elem emen ents ts in whic which h they they can can be used used.. The na names mes of th the e cards cards an and d netwo network rk el elem ement ents s ar are e expl explai ained ned in the the Ab Abbr brevi eviati ations ons chap chap-ter.

Card name

Card used in NE type(s)

Short explanation of the card

Details in chapter

Technical data in chapter

MCU

CCU OCU OADMB OLRB OTTB

Main contro Main controll element element of the SURPAS SURPASS S hiT750 hiT7500-B 0-B 5.3.1 system

10.4.1

MIBS32-2, MIBS256

CCU OCU OADMB OLRB OTTB

Management information base, storing all persis- 5.3.2 tent management data handled by the MCU

10.4.2

OCP-V2 OCU OCR10R-V3, OCU OCR10R-V5, OCR10R-LH2, OCR10R-Regio2

Optical channel protection Optical channel repeater 10 Gbit/s Regenerator

5.3.4 5.3.5

10.3.16 10.3.15

OCU OCR10T-V3, OCR10T-V5, OCR10T-LH2, OCR10T-Regio2

Optical channel repeater 10 Gbit/s Transponder

5.3.6

10.3.14

OCS

CCU

Optical channel switch card for 4 channels

5.3.3

10.3.11

OD10

OTTB

Optical demultiplexer for 10 channels

5.3.7

10.3.8

ODA10

OTTB

Optical d de emultiplexer ffo or 10 10 c ch hannels, in including a VOA at each individual channel output

5.3.7

10.3.8

Tab ab.. 5.1

Card types overview (sorted alphabetically)

A42022-L5961-D251-2-7618

41

 

Technical Description (TED)

Card name

Card used in NE type(s)

Information SURPASS hiT 7500-B 3.13

Short explanation of the card

Details in chapter

Technical data in chapter

OF10

OTTB

Optical filter with multiplexer or demultiplexer for 10 channels with or without upgrade port

5.3.8

10.3.9

OLIF

OTTB, OADMB, OLRB

Su Subs bsti titut tute e of boos booste ter, r, us used ed in stand stand-a -alo lone ne C band band systems

5.3.9

10.3.3

OLIMINC

OLRB

Inline amplifier (compact version), used in standalone C band systems

5.3.10

10.3.2

OLIMTBNC

OTTB, OADMB

Boosterr (compa Booste (compact ct version) version),, used used in standstand-alo alone ne C band systems

5.3.11

10.3.2

OLIMTPNC

OTTB, OADMB

Preamplifier (compact version), used in standalone C band systems

5.3.12

10.3.2

OLISINC

OLRB

Inline amplifier (basic version), used in standalone C band systems

5.3.10

10.3.2

OLISTBNC

OTTB, OADMB

Booster (basic version), used in stand-alone C band systems

5.3.11

10.3.2

OLISTPNC

OTTB, OADMB

Preamplifier (basic version), used in stand-alone C band systems

5.3.12

10.3.2

OLIVINC

OLRB

Inline a am mplifier ((s slim ve v ersion), u us sed iin n st s tand-alone C band systems

5.3.10

10.3.2

OLIVTBNC

OTTB, OADMB

Booster (slim version), used in stand-alone C band systems

5.3.11

10.3.2

OLIVTPNC

OTTB, OADMB

Preamp Pre amplif lifier ier (slim (slim versio version), n), used used in stand-a stand-alon lone eC band systems

5.3.12

10.3.2

OM10

OTTB

Optical multiplexer for 10 channels, including a VOA at each individual channel input

5.3.7

10.3.8

OMD4C

OTTB, OADMB

Filters for the separation of four channels within the C band (in OTTB OMD4C06 only)

5.3.13

10.3.6

OMDFC

OTTB, OLRB

Ba Band nd fi filt lter ers s fo forr th the e sepa separa rati tion on of the the bl blue ue and and re red d subbands within the C band; in OLRB used for subband compensation

5.3.13

10.3.6

OPAPC

OTTB, OADMB OLRB

Optical performance analyzer “power” card

5.3.15

10.3.10

OSCTUI

OLRB OADMB

Optical supervisory channel card for the intermediate nodes

5.3.16

10.3.1

OSCTUT

OTTB, CCU

Optical supervisory channel card for the terminal sites

5.3.16

10.3.1

Tab. 5. 5.1 1

42

Card types overview (sorted alphabetically) (Cont.)

A42022-L5961-D251-2-7618

 

Information SURPASS hiT 7500-B 3.13

Card name

PUMPA

Card used in NE type(s) OADMB OLRB

Technical Description (TED)

Short explanation of the card

Details in chapter

Technical data in chapter

Pump cards with different wavelengths

5.3.17

10.3.5

OTTB OTTB

PUMPB RPUMP

OTTB OADMB OLRB

Raman pump card

5.3.18

10.3.5

SAB

CCU OADMB OLRB OTTB

Bus termination resistors

5.3.19

10.4.3

SMU2

CCU OCU OADMB OTTB

Subrack management unit

5.3.20

10.4.4

TEX TEX V3, V5, TEX LH2, TEX Regio2

OCU

Bidirectional multiplexing transponder

5.3.21

10.3.14

UDCMB

CCU OADMB OLRB OTTB

Unidirectional Dispersion Compensation Module Ba Basi sic c wi with th sl slope ope compe compens nsat atio ion n (to (to be pl plac aced ed in into to DWDM subrack)

5.3.23

10.3.12

UDCMC

OADMB OLRB OTTB

Unidirectional Dispersion Compensation Module with slope compensation (to be placed into DCM tray)

5.3.22

10.3.13

Tab ab.. 5.1

Card types overview (sorted alphabetically) (Cont.)

5.2

Card power supply Most card Most cards s have have an on on-bo -boar ard d power power supp supply ly (P (PSU SU). ). It is a DC DC/D /DC C conve convert rter er provi providi ding ng the the necessary regulated operating voltages for the card. The The ou outp tput uts s ar are e iso sola late ted d fr from om th the e in inpu put. t. Al Alll ou outp tput ut circ circui uits ts ha have ve a co comm mmon on re refe fere renc nce e po poin int. t. When When th the e card card is in inse sert rted ed in into to the the subr subrac ack, k, the the card card’s ’s re refer feren ence ce po poin intt is conn connec ecte ted d to the grounding layers on the backplane. Th The e PSU PSU is supp supplilied ed by on one e (N (NUB UBAT AT1/2 1/2)) or (o (opt ptio ional nally ly)) two two supp supply ly volt voltag ages es (N (NUB UBAT AT1/ 1/2 2 an and d NUBA NUBAT3/ T3/4) 4).. Th Thes ese e volt voltag ages es ar are e coup couple led d by di diod odes es,, whic which h gi give ve al also so a re reve verse rse-c -con on-nect protection. Each PSU has one input line fuse on the card. In th the e su subr brac ack, k, in inse sert rtin ing g or pu pull llin ing g of a ca card rd with ith on on-b -boa oard rd PS PSU U do does es no nott affe affect ct the the op op-er erat atin ing g cond condit itio ions ns of ot othe herr card cards. s. Al Alll card card conn connec ecto tors rs to the the back backpl plan ane e have have pr prem emat atin ing g contacts which first of all connect the cards to ground by inserting. So Some me card cards s (e (e.g .g., ., UDCM UDCMC) C) ar are e fe fed d by the the OSCT OSCTUT UT/O /OSC SCTU TUII or SM SMU2 U2 card cards s via via a powpower bus.

A42022-L5961-D251-2-7618

43

 

Technical Description (TED)

5.3

Information SURPASS hiT 7500-B 3.13

Card d de escriptions The following subchapters are grouped by card functions.

i

To quickly find a particular card description in the following subchapters, consult Tab. 5.1 (that is sorted alphabetically by card names).

10.4.. The technical data of the cards are summarized in Chapters 10.3 and 10.3 and 10.4

5.3 5.3.1

i

Ma Main in Con ontr trol ol Unit Unit (M (MC CU) Note, that there are two different types of the MCU card: MCU-C and MCU-G. If not otherwise stated in the text, “MCU” is used for both types MCU-C and MCU-G. MCUMC U-G G is used used wi with th tr trans anspo pond nder er equip equipme ment nt on only ly an and d have have addi additi tion onal al func functi tion ons, s, see see below. Th The e MCU MCU pr prov ovid ides es th the e ce cent ntra rall moni monito tori ring ng and and cont contro roll func functi tion ons s for for the the syst system em (S (SEM EMF) F),, as wel elll as th the e Mess Messag age e Comm Commun unic icat atio ion n Func Functi tion on (MC (MCF) to oper operat ate e the the F, Q an and d ECC communication interfaces. For in inte terna rnall cont contro rol, l, th the e MCU MCU us uses es th the e Pe Peri riphe phera rall Cont Control rol Bu Bus s (P (PCB CB)) that that cons consis ists ts of two two asyn asynch chro rono nous us seri serial al buss busses es conn connec ecti ting ng the the MCU MCU to al alll card cards s whic which h have have thei theirr own own card card cont contro roll ller ers s (C (CCM CM/L /LCC CC). ). A seco second nd asyn asynch chro rono nous us seri serial al bus bus syst system em call called ed CAN CAN is used used for very fast inter-card communications for time-critical operations. Using these interfaces, the MCU performs the following main functions:  – Fault Management: Monitoring all system alarms and forwarding their states to the network management system and the rack alarm bus  – Performance Performance Management: On request request,, sending sending all optica opticall performa performance nce managem management ent informa informatio tion n to the net networ work k management system and/or a craft terminal  – Configuration Management: Confi Co nfigu gurin ring g the syst system em to ei eith ther er de defa faul ultt sett settin ings gs or to pers persis iste tent ntly ly stor stored ed sett settin ings gs in iniitiated by the network management system and/or a craft terminal  – Security Management:

 –  –

 –  –  –  –

Control Cont rolliling ng th the e in indi divi vidua duall acce access ss vi via a the the ne netw twork ork manag managem emen entt syst system em an and/ d/or or a craf craftt te termi rminal nal to pa parti rticu cula larr NE fu func ncti tions ons,, usin using g a hi hier erarc archi hica call secu securit rity y ma mana nagem gemen entt user user ID and password concept Equipment Management: Monitoring the actual and required subrack equipping Communication Management: Impleme Imp lementi nting ng the Messag Message e Commun Communica icatio tion n Functio Function n (MCF) (MCF) for for the commun communica icatio tion n between all NEs and the Network Management system Software Management: Performing Perf orming all software downloads, uploads, and software integrity functions Real Time Management: Controlling the real time clock Providing NEAP or Bw7R alarm outputs from subracks and racks Controlling the NE alarm LEDs (e.g., major/minor, for communication and equipment alarms)

44

A42022-L5961-D251-2-7618

 

Information SURPASS hiT 7500-B 3.13

Technical Description (TED)

 –

Detecting the presence of the MIBS32-2/MIBS256 and SAB cards in the same subrack

In addi additi tion on,, th the e MCU MCU supp suppor orts ts gene genera rall comm commun unic icat atio ion n chan channe nell (G (GCC CC)) acce access ss wh whic ich h is us used ed in tr trans anspo pond nder er equi equipm pmen ent. t. Clie Client nt GCC GCC to exte externa rnall term termin inal al equip equipme ment nt is suppo support rted ed by the MCU-G only.

5.3.2 5.3 .2

Man Manage agemen mentt In Infor format mation ion Bas Base em modu odule le (MI (MIBS3 BS32-2 2-2,, M MIBS IBS256 256)) Thes These e MIB MIBS ca card rds s main mainly ly st stor ore e al alll da data ta that that ar are e visi visibl ble e an and d ch chan ange geab able le via via a Q3 inter nter-fa face ce.. A subs subset et of th the e MIBS MIBS,, th the e NE-V NE-VCD CDB B (V (Var aria iabl ble e Conf Config igur urab able le Data Databa base se)) cont contai ains ns th the e to tota tall vari variab able le conf config igur urat atio ion n para parame mete ters rs of an NE. NE. On Only ly the the NE-V NE-VCD CDB B is pers persis iste tent ntly ly stored on th the e MIBS card, as a backup version of the master that is stored on the MCU in an external SRAM. Hen ence ce,, if an MCU MCU fa faiils ls,, a re repl plac acem emen entt ca can n be made made wi with thou outt lo losi sing ng the the en enti tire re cont conten ents ts of the MIBS module. The data also survive a power failure or cold start of the NE. One MIBS module is re req quired per NE. Repl plac ace ement of the MIBS does not cause any interruption to the traffic being carried over this particular NE. The following MIBS types are available:  – MIBS32-2 with 2 MAC addresses.  –

5.3.3 5.3 .3

MIBS256 with 2 MAC addresses, allowing the storage of a backup copy of the entire acti activ ve MCU MCU soft softw war are. e. It can can be confi configu gure red d with with the the LC LCT T if the the MIB2 MIB256 56 is re requ quir ired ed or not. In case of MIBS mismatch correspondent alarms will be raised.

Opt Optica icall c chan hannel nel amp amplifi lifiers ers and cha channe nnell s swit witche ches s ((OCS OCS)) Th This is card card al allo lows ws ei eith ther er conf config igur urati ation on of expr expres ess s chann channel el conne connect ctio ions ns or singl single e add/d add/dro rop p channels in CCU network elements.

5.3. 5.3.4 4

Op Optic tical al Ch Chan anne nell Pro Prote tect ctio ion n (O (OCP CP-V -V2) 2) OCP-V2 cards can be used at each en end d of DWDM long-h -ha aul links. The They pr pro ovide 1+1 (t (tra rans nsmi mitt-br brid idge ge,, re rece ceiv ivee-en end d swi witc tch) h) pr prot otec ecti tion on capa capabi bili liti ties es for the the opti optica call chan channe nels ls.. OCPOC P-V2 V2 cards cards can can be us used ed in comb combin inat atio ion n with with tran transp spond onder er cards cards (C (Cha hapt pters ers 5.3.6 and 5.3.21)) only only.. Au Auto toma mati tic c pr prot otec ecti tion on swit switch chin ing g deci decisi sion ons s ar are e base based d on dete detect ctio ion n of LO LOS. S. 5.3.21 Manu Ma nual al sw swit itch chin ing, g, fo forc rced ed swit switch chin ing, g, and and swit switch chin ing g lo lock ckou outt co comm mman ands ds can can al also so be re re-motely issued by the user via software. Bo Both th th the e In 1 and and In 2 in inte terf rfac aces es have have an opti optica call tap tap wi with th a phot photoo-de dete tect ctor or di diod ode e to monmonit itor or th the e po powe werr of th the e in inco comi ming ng si sign gnal als s (i (i.e .e., ., pr priior to the the op opti tica call sw swiitch, tch, se see e Fig. 5.1). If th the e po pow wer le leve vell of ei eith ther er in inco comi ming ng sign signal al fall falls s be belo low w the the us user er-s -spe peci cifi fied ed thre thresh shol old, d, an LOS alarm on the affected port will be raised. There is also an optical tap aft fte er the optical switch tch to mon oniito torr the power of the signal ou outp tput ut at the Clie Client nt Out port port.. If th the e powe powerr le leve vell of this this signa signall fall falls s bel below ow the the user user-s -spe peci cifi fied ed threshold, a Transmit Fail (TF) alarm for the Client Out port will be raised.

A42022-L5961-D251-2-7618

45

 

Technical Description (TED)

Information SURPASS hiT 7500-B 3.13

OCP-V2 card Optical switch

Signal tap

Fig. 5.1

IN1

Receive-end switch

Client Out

Client In

Signal tap

IN2

Signal tap Transmit bridge

Signal tap

OUT1

To/from OCR10T TEX cards

OUT2

3 dB Splitter

OCP-V2 block diagram

In case of switching, the OCP-V2 software performs the following:  – Receives switch requests from various sources  – Sorts them according to defined priority pr iority  – Identifies the switch request with the highest priority  –  –  –

5.3. 5.3.5 5

Executes switching as necessary Conducts post-switching verification Sends a protection switch status report to MCU card

Op Opti tica call Ch Chan anne nell Re Repe peat ater er 1 10 0 Gb Gbit/ it/s s Re Rege gene nera rato torr (OCR10R-V3, OCR10R-V5, OCR10R-LH2, OCR10R-Regio2) Th The e OCR1 OCR10R 0R card cards s ar are e used used at midmid-sp span an site sites s to furth further er exten xtend d the the tota totall tran transm smis issi sion on di dist stan ance ce.. Th The e exa xact ct wavel elen engt gth h is co cont ntro roll lled ed via via a tuna tunab ble tran transm smit it las aser er (e (exc xcep eptt for OCR10R OCR 10R-Re -Regio gio2). 2). The S-FEC S-FEC fe featu ature re (with (with OCR10R OCR10R-V3 -V3,, OCR10R OCR10R-V5 -V5,, OCR10R OCR10R-LH -LH2, 2, OCR10R-Regio2) allows longer span distances. The OCR10R-V3 card is a ULH version. Th The e OCR1 OCR10R 0R-V -V5 5 card card is a ULH ULH vers versio ion n wi with th hi high gh di disp sper ersi sion on tole tolera ranc nce. e. It can can wo work rk in the the 10 GE LAN or 10 GE OTU2 LAN mode with the higher line data rate.

i i

5.3. 5.3.6 6

Note th Note that at OCR1 OCR10R 0R ca card rds s work work in a unid unidir irec ecti tion onal al mo mode de only only,, i.e. i.e. for for bi bidi dire rect ctio iona nall use use 2 cards (in neighboring slots) are needed.

Note th Note that at th the e tr trans anspon ponde derr an and d regen regenera erato torr card cards s desc descri ribe bed d in Chap Chapte ters rs 5.3.6 to 5.3.21 can can only only be used used in th the e sa same me bi bidi dire rect ctio iona nall opti optica call path path if they they ar are e of the the same same type type (i (i.e .e., ., all -V3 or all -V5 or all -LH2 or all -Regio2), due to differences in data format and data rate.

Op Opti tica call Ch Chan anne nell Re Repe peat ater er 1 10 0 Gb Gbit/ it/s s Tr Tran ansp spon onde derr (OCR10T-V3, OCR10T-V5, OCR10T-LH2, OCR10T-Regio2) The The OCR1 OCR10T 0T ca card rds s ar are e us used ed at ea each ch en end d of DWDM lo long ng-h -hau aull li link nks s, as a bi bidi dire rect ctio iona nall in inte terf rfac ace e betw betwee een n a cl clie ient nt in inte terf rfac ace e and and a li line ne in inte terf rfac ace. e. Each Each OCR1 OCR10T 0T card card gene genera rate tes s an and d te termi rmina nate tes s an optic optical al chann channel el of a wave wavele lengt ngth h ap appr propr opria iate te for for DWDM WDM tran transm smis issi sion. on. The The exa xact ct wavel elen engt gth h is con ontr trol olle led d vi via a a tuna tunab ble tran transm smit it las aser er (e (exc xcep eptt for OC OCR1 R10T 0T-

46

A42022-L5961-D251-2-7618

 

Information SURPASS hiT 7500-B 3.13

Technical Description (TED)

Regio2 Regi o2). ). The SS-FE FEC C fe feat atur ure e (w (wit ith h OCR1 OCR10T0T-V3 V3,, OCR1 OCR10T 0T-V -V5, 5, OCR1 OCR10T 0T-LH -LH2, 2, OCR1 OCR10T 0T-Regio2) allows longer span distances. The OCR10T-V3 card is a ULH version. Th The e OCR1 OCR10T 0T-V -V5 5 card card is a ULH ULH vers versio ion n with with hi high gh di disp sper ersi sion on tole tolera ranc nce. e. It can can be conf config ig-ured for the following client data formats:  –  –

 –  –

STM64 / OC192 mode: The overhead is monitored only only,, it can be monitored at the client input and at the client output OTU2 mode: The FEC overhead is used. On the client transmitter, the proper FEC ov over erhe head ad is in inse serted rted.. On th the e cl clie ient nt re rece ceiv iver er,, er error rors s in the the da data ta strea stream m can can be corre correct ct-ed 10 GE LAN mode: The incoming data stream can be monitored. The 10 GE LAN data stream is wrapped in a OTU2 frame without stuffing byte OTU2 LAN mode

The The OCR1 OCR10T 0T-V -V5 5 li line ne data data fo form rmat at is an OT OTU2 U2 form format at wi with th pr prop opri riet etar ary y en enha hanc nced ed FEC FEC overhead (OTU2v) with 10% S-FEC overhead.

i

5.3.7 5.3 .7

Note th Note that at th the e tra trans nspo pond nder er and and re rege gener nerat ator or cards cards descr describ ibed ed in Chap Chapter ters s 5.3.6 to 5.3.21 can can only only be used used in th the e same same bi bidi dire rect ctio iona nall opti optica call path path if they they ar are e of the the same same type type (i (i.e .e., ., all -V3 or all -V5 or all -LH2 or all -Regio2), due to differences in data format and data rate.

Opt Optica icall m mult ultiple iplexer xers sa and nd dem demulti ultiple plexer xers s ffor or 10 cha channe nnels ls (OM10, OD10, ODA10) OM10 is an op OM10 opti tica call mult multip iple lexe xerr fo forr 10 chan channel nels s with with a Va Vari riab able le Opti Optica call At Atte tenu nuato atorr (V (VOA OA)) at its input to control the power of the channel. OD10 is an optical demultiplexer for 10 channels (without VOAs). ODA10 ODA1 0 is an op opti tica call de demu mullti tipl plex exer er for for 10 ch chan anne nels ls wi with th a VOA at its its in inpu putt to co cont ntro roll the the power of the channel.

5.3.8 5.3 .8

Opt Optica icall fil filter ter w with ith m mult ultipl iplexe exerr or d demu emultip ltiplex lexer er fo forr 10 cha channe nnels ls (OF10) Th The e card card OF10 OF10 pr prov ovid ides es mult multip iple lexe xerr or demul demulti tipl plex exer er funct functio iona nalility ty for for 10 chan channe nels ls in the the OTTB network element. Card types with or without upgrade port are available. The common port contains a coupler tap and an APSD/APRM monitor diode. The MUX MUX / DEMUX MUX function of the card depends on the slot in the subrac ack k where the card is plugged in. Th The e OF10 OF10 card card is a pass passiv ive e card card wi with thou outt a lo loca call micr microp opro roce cess ssor or mo modu dule le (L (LCC CC or CCM) CCM)..

5.3.9 5.3 .9

Opt Optica icall li line ne int interfa erface ce sup superv erviso isory ry c chan hannel nel fee feeder der (OL (OLIF) IF) The The OLIF OLIF ca card rd is a po poss ssiibl ble e su subs bsti titu tute te for for a OLI OLI boos booste terr ampl amplif ifie ierr in OTTBs TTBs an and d OADMBs MB s fol ollo low wed by a sh shor ortt sp span an.. In addi additi tion on,, it ca can n be us used ed in co comb mbin inat atio ion n wi with th OLIV OLIVIN INC C  / OLIVTPNC (preamplifier slim / inline slim) + UDCMB (+ OLIF) in OTTBs, OADMBs and OLRBs. The OLIF contains mainly an OSC-filter, a po pow wer monitor and a local card controller (LCC).

A42022-L5961-D251-2-7618

47

 

Technical Description (TED)

Information SURPASS hiT 7500-B 3.13

Th The e OLIF OLIF pr prov ovid ides es a moni monito torr outp output ut (Mon (MonSo So)) for for conn connec ecti ting ng e.g. e.g. the the OP OPAP APC C card card and and an in inpu putt fo forr co coup upli ling ng th the e opti optica call supe superv rvis isor ory y chan channe nell (O (OSC SC2) 2) from from OSCT OSCT in into to the the mu mult ltiiplex signal.

5.3.10 5.3 .10

Opt Optica icall iinli nline ne amp amplifi lifiers ers (OL (OLIMIN IMINC, C, OLI OLISIN SINC, C, OLI OLIVIN VINC) C) Each OLIM Each OLIMIN INC C, OLIS OLISIN INC C and and OLIV OLIVIN INC C car ard d conta ontain ins s an op opti tica call in inli line ne ampl amplif ifie ierr for for C ba band nd in one di dire rect ctio ion. n. Th Thes ese e ampl amplif ifie ierr cards cards ar are e used used at in inliline ne sites sites for for optic optical al ampl amplif ific icaation of the signal. The inline amplifier cards are designed for stand-alone systems. The OLIMIN OLIMINC C compac compactt versio version n are high-pe high-perfor rforman mance ce EDFA EDFA amplif amplifier iers. s. The output output powpower of th the e ca card rds s ca can n be in incr crea ease sed d by pu pump mp ca card rds s an and d Raman aman pu pump mp ca card rds s (d (des escr criibed bed in 5.3.17 and  and 5.3.18 5.3.18 respectively).  respectively). Chapters 5.3.17 Th The e OLIS OLISIN INC C basi basic c ve vers rsio ion n and and th the e OLIV OLIVIN INC C slim slim vers versio ion n ar are e cost cost-e -eff ffec ecti tive ve am ampl plif ifie ierr type to be used in short and medi dium um links (500 km to 1300 km) with only a low number of spans, or in longer links combined with the OLIMINC compact version. calc lcul ulat ates es whic which h OLI OLI ca card rd ca can n be The Trans TransNe Nett ne netw twor ork k pl plan anni ning ng to tool ol (see (see Chap Chapter ter 9) ca used depend ndiing on fi fibe berr type, fiber atten tenuation, link leng ngtth, numb umber an and d lengths of spans, etc.

5.3.11 5.3 .11

Opt Optica icall bo boost oster er a ampl mplifie ifiers rs ((OLI OLIMTB MTBNC, NC, OLI OLISTB STBNC, NC, OLI OLIVTB VTBNC) NC) Ea Each ch OLIM OLIMTB TBNC NC and and OLIS OLISTB TBNC NC card card cont contai ains ns an opti optica call boos booste terr am ampl plif ifie ierr for for C band band in one one di dire rect ctio ion. n. Th Thes ese e boos booste terr ampl amplif ifie ierr card cards s ar are e used used at term termin inal al site sites s for for ampl amplif ifyi ying ng the outgoing line signal. In a link, there is only one booster. Th The e OLIM OLIMTB TBNC NC co comp mpac actt ve vers rsio ion n ar are e hi high gh-p -per erfo form rman ance ce EDFA EDFA ampl amplif ifie iers rs.. Th The e outp output ut power of these cards can be increased by pump cards (described in Chapter 5.3.17 5.3.17). ). The OLIS OLISTB TBNC NC basic basic vers versio ion n an and d the OLIV OLIVTB TBNC NC slim slim vers versio ion n ar are e cost cost-ef -effe fect ctiv ive e am ampl pliifier types for short and medium link lengths. The pl plan anni ning ng to tool ol (s (see ee Chapt Chapter er 9) calc calcul ulat ates es wh whic ich h OLI OLI card card can can be used used depe depend ndin ing g on fiber type, fiber attenuation, link length, number and lengths of spans, etc.

5.3.12 5.3 .12

Opt Optica icall p prea reampl mplifie ifiers rs (OL (OLIMT IMTPNC PNC,, OLI OLISTP STPNC, NC, OLI OLIVTP VTPNC) NC) Ea Each ch OLIMT OLIMTPN PNC, C, OLIS OLISTP TPNC NC an and d OLIV OLIVTP TPNC NC card card cont contai ains ns an op opti tica call pream preampl plif ifie ierr for C band band in one one di dire rect ctio ion. n. Th Thes ese e prea preamp mpli lifi fier er card cards s ar are e used used at term termin inal al site sites s for for am ampl plif ifyyin ing g th the e in inco comi ming ng li line ne si sign gnal al befo before re it is fed fed in into to the the demu demult ltip iple lexi xing ng stag stage. e. In a li link nk,, th ther ere e is only one preamplifier. Th The e OLIM OLIMTP TPNC NC co comp mpac actt ve vers rsio ion n ar are e hi high gh-p -per erfo form rman ance ce EDFA EDFA ampl amplif ifie iers rs.. Th The e outp output ut power of these cards can be increas ased ed by pu pum mp cards and Raman pu pum mp cards (de5.3.18 respectively).  respectively). scribed in Chapters 5.3.17 and 5.3.17 and 5.3.18 The OLIS OLISTP TPNC NC basic basic vers versio ion n an and d the OLIV OLIVTP TPNC NC slim slim vers versio ion n ar are e cost cost-ef -effe fect ctiv ive e am ampl pliifier types for short spans or with a low number of channels. The Trans TransNe Nett ne netw twor ork k pl plan anni ning ng to tool ol (see (see Chap Chapter ter 9) ca calc lcul ulat ates es whic which h OLI OLI ca card rd ca can n be used depend ndiing on fi fibe berr type, fiber atten tenuation, link leng ngtth, numb umber an and d lengths of spans, etc.

48

A42022-L5961-D251-2-7618

 

Information SURPASS hiT 7500-B 3.13

5.3. 5.3.13 13

Technical Description (TED)

Op Opti tica call ba band nd fi filt lter ers s (O (OMD MDFC FC)) Th Thes ese e ca card rds s cont contai ain n th the e subb subban and d filt filter er opti optica call nece necess ssar ary y for for the the 40 chan channe nell mult multip iple lexxin ing/ g/de demu mult ltip iple lexi xing ng st stru ruct cture ure.. Th The e subb subband and filt filters ers are used used to separ separat ate e the the wave wavele leng ngth ths s using standard optical reflecting filter technology. Fig. 5.2 indicate the basic functional of these cards. MUX   r   e    t    l    i    f    d   n   a    b

  r   e    t    l    i    f    d   n   a    b

DEMUX

Fig. 5.2

5.3. 5.3.14 14

OMDFC block diagram

Op Opti tica call ba band nd fi filt lter ers s (O (OMD MD4C 4C)) Th Thes ese e ca card rds s cont contai ain n th the e subb subban and d filt filter er opti optica call nece necess ssar ary y for for the the 32 chan channe nell mult multip iple lexxin ing/ g/de demu mult ltip iple lexi xing ng st stru ruct cture ure.. Th The e subb subband and filt filters ers are used used to separ separat ate e the the wave wavele leng ngth ths s using standard optical reflecting filter technology. Fig. 5.3 indicate the basic functional of these cards. 4 channels

DEMUX

filter

MUX

filter 4 channels

Fig. 5.3

5.3. 5.3.15 15

OMD4C block diagram

Op Optic tical al Pe Perf rfor orma manc nce e An Anal alyz yzer er (O (OPA PAPC PC)) Th The e OPAP OPAPC C card card moni monito tors rs th the e chan channe nell powe powerr and and freq freque uenc ncy y of al alll chan channe nels ls.. It can can dedete tect ct va vali lid d chan channe nels ls.. Th The e OPAP OPAPC C card card is used used in comb combin inat atio ion n wi with th stan standa dard rd,, basi basic, c, comcompa pact ct or sl slim im OLI OLI ca card rds s an and d wit ith h OLIF OLIF.. OP OPAP APC C is al also so us used ed to re reco cord rd ch chan anne nell po pow wer for for a rudimentary form of performance management.

A42022-L5961-D251-2-7618

49

 

Technical Description (TED)

Information SURPASS hiT 7500-B 3.13

The optical input of the OPAPC is connected to the MonSo port of an OLI card. The measured values are communicated to the OSCT card and OLI card via CAN bus. Th The e OPAPC card is pa parrt of link contro roll for preemph pha asis / add chann nne el ad adjjust, po pow wer equalisation, master of channel count and for tilt control. The OPAPC card consist of the following main functional blocks:  –  –  –  –  –

LCC (Low-level Card Controller) Channel Power Power Monitor (CPM) module Interface to the LCC Optical Switch 2:1 Power Power Supply Unit (PSU)

The main OPAPC functions are:  – measurement of optical signal power of carriers  – manage the measurement of the correct optical input signal for the respective optical link state and network element type  – participate in preemphasis mode and power optimization  – monitor power and CPM failures. Report failure and card fail  – perform automatic performance measurement of supervised super vised optical carriers  – generate channel and carrier alarms alar ms for all supervised optical carriers  – generate No Light Detected (nldc) alarms  –  –

5.3.16 5.3 .16

calibrate optical power loss through optical switches and couplers. Store calibrated data on the cards SPI EEPROM provide debug support via the SDI port por t

Opt Optica icall S Supe upervi rvisor sory y Cha Channe nnell c card ards s (OS (OSCTU CTUI, I, OSC OSCTUT TUT)) Th The e main main fu func ncti tion on of th the e OSCT OSCTUI UI and and OSCT OSCTUT UT card cards s is the the opti optica call and and el elec ectr tric ical al term termiinati nation on of th the e 22-Mb Mbit it/s /s Opti Optica call Su Supe perv rvis isor ory y Chan Channe nell (O (OSC SC)) that that is tran transm smit itte ted d on a sepseparate wavelength to the main payload traffic, see Chapter 3.3.3. 3.3.3. OSCTU OSC TUII ca card rds s ar are e used used in OL OLR RB and and OADM OADMB B netw networ ork k el elem emen ents ts;; OS OSCT CTU UT ca card rds s ar are e used in OTTB and CCU network elements. In detail, the OSCTUI and OSCTUT cards perform the following functions:  – T3 clock input interface for incoming 2048-kHz for OSC synchronization and realtime clock synchronization. No 1.5-Mbit/s or 2-Mbit/s clocks are implemented  –  –  –  –  –  –  –  –

50

because no complete SSM is required for OSC synchronization. All cross connections from terminated OSC bytes to the electrical interfaces, or cross connections for bytes which are to be passed through the NE unterminated User-configurable clock priorities via software for the T3 input and the T2 internal clock Implementation of a timing marker byte to prevent OSC timing loops User configurable EOW 4-wire electrical interface properties via software for ETSI or ANSI customer requirements User-configurable EOW channel encoding/decoding law (A-law [ETSI] or µ-law [ANSI]) of the 4-wire interfaces via software EOW selective calling, group group or collective calling with decimal 3-digit telephone number EOW Ring Manager function for enabling the selection of one OTTB OTTB network element as a ring manager to allow ring EOW configurations for protections User-configurable Telemetry Interfaces (TIF) providing 4 outputs (actors) and 16 inputs (monitors) per OSCTUI/OSCTUT card

A42022-L5961-D251-2-7618

 

Information SURPASS hiT 7500-B 3.13

Technical Description (TED)

 –  –

Supervision of fan units, i.e., activation of fan alarms Controlling the LED display on the Network Element Alarm Panel (NEAP) for the fan and EOW functions Controlling the red and green LEDs on the OSCTUI/OSCTUT card itself Detection and reporting of all OSC alarms alar ms (such as LOS, LOF, LOF, SD, SD, RDI, EXC, etc.) Card-present monitoring of the fans, UDCMs and SAB units (the card-present mon-

 –  –  –

 –

 –  –

5.3. 5.3.17 17

it itor orin ing g of al alll ot othe herr ca card rds s is perf perfor orme med d by the the SMU2 SMU2 or the the MCU MCU, wh whic iche hev ver is pr pres esen entt in the subrack) Providing a Synchronous Peripheral Interface (SP (SPI) I) for communication to passive card cards s in th the e same same subr subrac ack k (i (i.e .e.. the the op opti tica call band band filte filter/ r/in inte terle rleav aver er cards cards,, see see Chap Chapte terr 5.3.13)) and UDCMs 5.3.13 Storage and retrieval of card inventory data management on EEPROMs in OSCT OS CTUI UI/U /USC SCTU TUT T an and d in ot othe herr pa pass ssiv ive e card cards s in the the same same subr subrac ack, k, and in UDCM UDCMCs Cs Power Power feeding to other passive cards in the same subrack and to UDCMCs

Pu Pump mp ca card rds s (PUM (PUMPA PA,, PU PUMP MPB) B) Thes These e pu pump mp ca card rds s ar are e us used ed to in incr crea ease se the the ou outp tput ut po powe werr of the the pr prea eamp mpllifie ifier, r, bo boos oste ter, r, an and d in inli line ne ampl ampliifi fier er ca card rds s de desc scri ribe bed d in Chap Chapte ters rs 5.3.12 to 5.3.10 5.3.10.. The PUMPA and PUMP PU MPB B card cards s di diff ffer er in th the e pump pump si sign gnal al wave wavele leng ngth ths, s, see see the the tech techni nica call data data in Chap Chapte terr 10.3.4.. 10.3.4 Wi With th th thes ese e pump pump card cards, s, two two appl applic icat atio ion n case cases s ar are e poss possib ible le,, depe depend ndin ing g on the the netw networ ork k requirements:  – PUMPA PUMPA alone  – A combination of PUMPA and PUMPB Ea Each ch ampl amplif ifie ierr pump pump cu curr rren entt and and outp output ut powe powerr is pr prec ecis isel ely y re regu gula late ted d by hard hardwa ware re and and software control loops implemented on the amplifier card. On each pump card, the signals from the two laser diodes are combi bine ned d to one pump la lase serr si sign gnal al vi via a a po pola lari riza zati tion on be beam am co comb mbin iner er.. This This sign signal al is sen entt to the the OLI OLI via via an op opti ti-ca cal/ l/el elec ectr tric ical al ca cabl ble. e. The The el elec ectr tric ical al co conn nnec ecti tion on is im impo port rtan ant, t, as it is us used ed to de dete term rmin ine e whe heth ther er th the e hi high gh op opti tica call pow power co conn nnec ecti tion on from from the the pu pump mp ca card rd to the the OLI OLI is clos closed ed.. If not, the power of the pump card is automatically shut down. Th The e pump pump card cards s cont contai ain n Pe Pelt ltie ierr cont contro roll llin ing g el elem emen ents ts and and temp temper erat atur ure e sens sensor ors, s, whic which h trigger an alarm if the temperature exceeds the programmed thresholds.

5.3.1 .3.18 8

Ram ama an p pu ump ca card rd (R (RPU PUMP MP)) Th The e Rama Raman n pump pump card card (R (RPU PUMP MP)) can can be in inse sert rted ed at the the in inpu putt of an opti optica call pr prea eamp mpli lifi fier er 5.3.12). ). Th This is in incr crea ease ses s the the poss possib ible le spac spacin ing g betw betwee een n card card (OLI (OLIMT MTPN PNC, C, se see e Chap Chapte terr 5.3.12 th the e opti optica call ampl amplif ifie iers rs.. Al Alte tern rnat ativ ivel ely, y, the the same same ampl amplif ifie ierr spac spacin ing g can can be achi achiev eved ed wi with th lo lowe werr per per chann channel el EDFA EDFA ou outp tput ut po powe wers rs,, al allo lowi wing ng a hi high gher er tota totall nu numb mber er of opti optica call span spans. s. Raman amplifiers are preferably applied to bridge single extra long spans. Raman aman pump pumps s must must be in inse sert rted ed at the the re rece ceiv ivin ing g li line ne in inte terf rfac ace. e. An ad addi diti tion onal al Rama Raman n pump card can be inserted at the input of each inline amplifier or preamplifier. The The RPUMP PUMP ca card rd co cont ntai ains ns 5 la lase sers rs for for a tota totall of 4 wav avel elen engt gths hs.. Thes These e la lase serr di diod ode e sigsignals nals ar are e comb combin ined ed to one one si sign gnal al th that at is sent sent to the the tran transm smis issi sion on fibe fiber. r. Th The e el elec ectr tric ical al conconnection is important, as it is used to determine whether the high optical power co conn nnec ecti tion on fr from om th the e RPU RPUMP ca card rd to the the OLI OLI is clos closed ed.. If no not, t, the the po pow wer of the the RPUMP PUMP card is automatically shut down.

A42022-L5961-D251-2-7618

51

 

Technical Description (TED)

Information SURPASS hiT 7500-B 3.13

Raman amplification Raman Rama n ampl amplif ific icat atio ion n is name named d af afte terr th the e Indi Indian an phys physic icis istt Sir Sir Chan Chandr dras asek ekha hara ra Ve Venk nkat ata a Raman. Th The e basi basis s of Rama Raman n ampl amplif ific icat atio ion n is th the e ener energy gy scat scatte teri ring ng effe effect ct call called ed Stim Stimul ulat ated ed RaRaman ma n Sc Scat atte teri ring ng (SRS (SRS), ), a no nonn-li line near ar effe effec ct in inhe here rent nt to the the fibe fiberr itse itself lf.. SR SRS S inv nvol olve ves s a tr tran ansf sfer er of powe powerr fr from om a si sign gnal al at a hi high gher er freq freque uenc ncy y (l (low ower er wave wavele leng ngth th)) to one one at a lo lowwer fr freq eque uenc ncy y (h (hig ighe herr wave wavele leng ngth th), ), due due to in inel elas asti tic c coll collis isio ions ns in the the fibe fiberr medi medium um.. It can can be us used ed fo forr op opti tica call ampl amplif ific icat atio ion, n, in whi hich ch the the hi high gher er freq freque uenc ncy y lig ight ht se serv rves es as a pump pump sour source ce,, ampl amplif ifyi ying ng th the e lo lowe werr fr freq eque uenc ncy y wave wave carr carryi ying ng the the actu actual al traf traffi fic c sign signal al to be amamplified. Contra-dir Contradirect ection ional al Raman Raman pumping pumping,, i.e., i.e., Raman Raman pump traveli traveling ng in the opposit opposite e directi direction on to th the e tr traf affi fic c si sign gnal al,, is us used ed.. Th The e Rama Raman n ampl ampliifica ficati tion on pr proc oces ess s oc occu curs rs at the the en end d of an opti optica call sp span an.. When When th the e si sign gnal al is at it its s we weak akes est, t, it is gi give ven n re rene newe wed d ener energy gy via via the the pump pump li ligh ghtt be bein ing g in inse sert rted ed at th the e en end d of th the e ho hop p in the the re rev ver erse se di dire rect ctio ion. n. Hen ence ce on only ly in the the la last st few kilometers of a span Raman amplification effectively takes place.

5.3.19 5.3 .19

Bus term termina inatio tion n rresi esisto stors rs and CAN bus rep repeat eater/ er/amp amplifi lifier er (SAB) Th The e SAB SAB is ca call lled ed “S “Sub ubra rack ck Ad Addr dres ess s Boar Board” d” beca becaus use e it wa was s or orig igin inal ally ly desi design gned ed to hold hold th the e subr subrac ack k addr addres ess s in info form rmat atio ion. n. In th the e curr curren entt re rele leas ase e of SURP SURPAS ASS S hi hiT T 7500 7500-B -B,, this this fu func ncti tion on is carri carried ed ou outt by th the e Netw Networ ork k El Eleme ement nt Al Alarm arm Pa Pane nell (NEA (NEAP) P).. Howe Howeve ver, r, one one SA SAB B is st stil illl re requ quir ired ed per per subr subrac ack, k, as th the e SAB SAB cont contai ains ns seve severa rall bus bus term termin inat atio ion n re resi sist stor ors s re re-quired for inter-subrack data communications.

5.3. 5.3.20 20

Su Subr brac ack kM Man anag agem emen entt U Uni nitt (S (SMU MU2) 2) The The SMU SMU2 ca card rd co coll llec ects ts ca card rd pr pres esen ence ce an and d stat status us da data ta from from the the ca card rds s in the the su subr brac ack k and forwards this information to the concerned MCU card. In addition, the SMU2 card provides telemetry interfaces (TIF), as described in 3.3.7.. Chapter 3.3.7

5.3. 5.3.21 21

Bidi Bidire rect ctio iona nall mu mult ltip iple lexi xing ng tra trans nspo pond nder ers s (TEX V3, TEX V5, TEX LH2, TEX Regio2) Ea Each ch TEX TEX card card tr trans anspa pare rent ntly ly mult multip iple lexe xes s four four 2.5-G 2.5-Gbi bit/ t/s s data data strea streams ms (S (STM TM16/ 16/OC OC48) 48) in into to one one 10-G 10-Gbi bit/ t/s s data data st stre ream am.. Ad Addi diti tion onal ally ly,, TEX TEX V5 and and TEX TEX LH2 LH2 supp support ort OTU1 TU1 clie client nt al also so.. Mul Multi tipl plex exin ing g tra trans nspo ponde nders rs in incr crea ease se the effic efficie ienc ncy y of the the DWDM DWDM netw networ ork, k, by trans trans-mitting the four client signals on one wavelength, thus reducing the network costs. Th The e TEX TEX V3 ca card rd has has a 12.5 12.5-G -Gbi bit/ t/s s SS-FE FEC C DWDM DWDM opti optica call in inte terf rfac ace e at the the li line ne side side,, comcompatible to the OCR10R-V3 interface. Ea Each ch TEX TEX LH2 LH2 and and TEX TEX Regi Regio2 o2 card card has has a 10.7 10.7-G -Gbi bit/ t/s s SS-FE FEC C DWD WDM M opti optica call in inte terf rfac ace e at the line side. Th The e TEX TEX V5 card card is a ULH ULH vers versio ion n wi with th hi high gh di disp sper ersi sion on tole tolera ranc nce. e. Th The e li line ne in inte terf rfac ace e bi bitt ra rate te is appr approx oxim imat atel ely y 11.0 11.00 0 or 11.3 11.35 5 Gbit Gbit/s /s.. Th The e TE TEX X V5 card card supp suppor orts ts LAN LAN PHY PHY in inte terrface. The The TE TEX V5, TEX TEX Regi Re o2 and and TEX TEXinterfaces LH2 LH2 ca card rds s(see ar are e Chapter eq equi uipp pped ed wi with th). pl plug ugga gabl ble e SFP SFP modmodules forXthe optical 2.5gio2 Gbit/s client 6.3.3 6.3.3).

52

A42022-L5961-D251-2-7618

 

Information SURPASS hiT 7500-B 3.13

Technical Description (TED)

Th The e TEX TEX LH2 LH2 ca card rd supp suppor orts ts th the e fu full ll feat featur ure e set, set, but but does does not not have have the the feat featur ure e OTU1 OTU1 cliclients ents FEC FEC enab enable le/d /dis isab able le (F (FEC EC is al alwa ways ys di disa sabl bled ed,, i.e. i.e.,, the the FEC FEC over overhe head ad is fill filled ed wi with th zeros).

i

5.3.22 5.3 .22

Note th Note that at th the e tra trans nspo pond nder er and and re rege gener nerat ator or cards cards descr describ ibed ed in Chap Chapter ters s 5.3.6 to 5.3.21 can can only only be used used in th the e same same bi bidi dire rect ctio iona nall opti optica call path path if they they ar are e of the the same same type type (i (i.e .e., ., al alll V3 or al alll V5 or al alll LH2 LH2 or al alll Regi Regio2 o2), ), du due e to di diff ffer eren ence ces s in da data ta form format at an and d da data ta ra rate te..

Uni Unidir direct ection ional al d disp ispers ersion ion com compen pensat sation ion mod module ules s (U (UDCM DCMCs) Cs) UDCMCs UDCM Cs ar are e pr prim imar aril ily y used used to coun counte tera ract ct the the chro chroma mati tic c di disp sper ersi sion on whic which h a sign signal al ununde derg rgoes oes as it trave travels ls thr throu ough gh a sect sectio ion n of op opti tica call fiber fiber.. Th This is chro chromat matic ic di dispe spers rsio ion n ha has s the the ef effe fect ct of spre spread adin ing g th the e si sign gnal al spec spectr trum um so much much that that the the in inte terr-sy symb mbol ol in inte terf rfer eren ence ce no longer allows an accurate recognition of a single 'one' bit or a single 'zero' bit. Th The e UDCM UDCMCs Cs cont contai ain n spoo spools ls of Dispe Dispers rsio ion n Comp Compen ensa sati ting ng Fibe Fiberr (DCF (DCF)) that that have have the op op-posi posite te di disp sper ersi sion on char charac acte teri rist stic ics s comp compar ared ed to the the fibe fiberr used used for for sign signal al tran transm smis issi sion on,, hence “compressing” the signal for better optical performance. The The ty type pe of DCF DCF depe depend nds s on th the e wave wavele leng ngth th band band an and d type type of fibe fiberr us used ed for for tran transm smis is-si sion on.. So So,, many many di diff ffer eren entt vari varian ants ts of UD UDCM CMCs Cs ar are e avai availa labl ble e for for accu accura rate te DCM DCM mana manage ge-ment. Th The e st strat rateg egy y fo forr sele select ctin ing g UDCM UDCMCs Cs is hi highl ghly y syst systemem-de depe pende ndent nt an and d is in infl flue uence nced d by the the optical per erfforman anc ce limiting effects, such as Self Phase Modulation (SPM) M),, Cros oss s Phase Modulation (XPM), Raman crosstalk, etc. UDCMCs are normal allly locat ate ed in the opti ptical path between the 2nd and 3rd stag age es of ea each ch op opti tica call ampli amplifi fier, er, si sinc nce e th the e in inse sert rtio ion n lo loss ss of the UDCM UDCMC C can can be comp compens ensate ated d he here re by th the e ampl amplif ifie ierr desi design gn.. Howe Howeve ver, r, it is al also so possi possibl ble e to perfo perform rm subb subband and di disp sper ersi sion on comcompe pens nsat atio ion, n, fo forr examp example le,, using using di diffe ffere rent nt UDCM UDCMCs Cs for for the the C-re C-red d an and d C-bl C-blue ue ba bands nds in each each NE type.

5.3.23 5.3 .23

Uni Unidir direct ection ional al d disp ispers ersion ion com compen pensat sation ion mod module ule Bra Bragg gg ((UDC UDCMB) MB) Th The e UDCM UDCMB B provi provide des s di dispe spers rsio ion n comp compen ensa sati tion on of cert certai ain n le leng ngth th of trans transmi miss ssio ion n fibe fibers rs.. It is used for C-band with a channel spacing of 100 GHz. In UDCM UDCMB B ca card rds s Fi Fibe berr Br Brag agg g Grat Gratin ings gs (FBG (FBG)) ar are e used used for for di disp sper ersi sion on comp compen ensa sati tion on . In cont contra rast st to UDCM UDCMC C th the e UDCM UDCMB B card cards s ar are e pl plac aced ed in the the DWDM DWDM subr subrac ack k (r (rat athe herr than than in the DCM tray).

A42022-L5961-D251-2-7618

53

 

Technical Description (TED)

Information SURPASS hiT 7500-B 3.13

6 Mechanical d de esign Th This is chap chapte terr gi give ves s an over overvi view ew of th the e mech mechan anic ical al feat featur ures es of the the SU SURP RPAS ASS S hi hiT T 7500 7500-B racks, subracks and cards. Th The e fu func ncti tion ons s of the SURP SURPAS ASS S hi hiT T 7500 7500-B -B ne netw twor ork k el eleme ement nts s are descr describ ibed ed in Chap Chapte terr 4. The functions of the SURPASS hiT 7500-B cards are described in Chapter 5. The dimensions and weights of the SURPASS hiT 7500-B racks, subracks and cards are listed in Chapter 10. 10.

6.1

Racks The SURP SURPAS ASS S hi hiT T 75 7500 00-B -B subra subrack cks s ar are e moun mounted ted in ANSI ANSI or ETSI ETSI ra rack cks, s, as exem exempl plif ifie ied d in Fig. 6.1.

LVD PDP

Double-row subrack

Cable compartment

Single-row subrack

Cable compartment UDCM tray

Fig. 6.1

54

ANSI rack equipping example with double-row and single-row subrack

A42022-L5961-D251-2-7618

 

Information SURPASS hiT 7500-B 3.13

6.1.1

Technical Description (TED)

Genera rall rra ack design One rack can accommodate: (see ee Fi Fig. g. 6. 6.1) 1)  – One double-row and one single-row subrack with or without LVD (s  – Two single-row subracks with or without LVD LVD  – Two double-height subracks with or without LVD LVD

6.1. 6.1.2 2 6.1. 6.1.2. 2.1 1

Po Powe werr d dis istr trib ibut utio ion n iin n the the ra rack ck Po Powe werr Di Dist stri ribu buti tion on P Pan anel el ((PD PDP) P) The Power Distribution Panel (PDP) is mounted at the top of the rack, as shown in Fig. 6.1. The The PDP PDP co cont ntai ains ns th the e ci circ rcui uitt br brea eake kers rs (fus (fuses es)) for for the the powe powerr su supp pply ly in inpu puts ts of the subracks and an alarm interface for rack and shelf alarms.

6.1. 6.1.2. 2.2 2

Lo Low wV Vol olta tage ge Disc Discon onne nect ct de devi vice ce (LVD (LVD)) In ANSI ANSI ra rack cks, s, an Low Low Vo Volt ltag age e Di Disc scon onne nect ct devi device ce LVD LVD devi device ce is adde added d abov above e the the PDP PDP (see Fig. 6.1). The LVD checks the input voltage at the power inputs of the rack and di disr srup upts ts th the e powe powerr conn connec ecti tion on if th the e in inpu putt volt voltag age e dr drop ops s belo below w a gi give ven n li limi mit. t. Th The e powe powerr in inpu putt is auto automa mati tica call lly y re rees esta tabl blis ishe hed d if the the in inpu putt volt voltag age e re retu turn rns s to the the norm normal al oper operat atin ing g range.

6.1.3

UDCMC tray Th The e unidi unidire rect ctio iona nall di disp spers ersio ion n comp compens ensati ation on modu module les s (U (UDC DCMC MCs, s, see see Ch Chapt apter er 5.3.22) 5.3.22) ar are e ph phys ysic ical ally ly st stor ored ed in th thei eirr own own UDCMC DCMC tray trays s at the the bo bott ttom om of the the ra rack ck,, as ou outl tlin ined ed in oda ate up to 4 UDCMCs, each in its own slot. Fig. 6.1. One UDCMC tray can accommod There are two different UDCMC tray variants for ETSI and for ANSI racks.

6.2

Subracks Th The e SURP SURPAS ASS S hi hiT T 7500 7500-B -B ca card rds s ar are e acco accomm mmod odat ated ed in di diff ffer eren entt type types s of subr subrac acks ks.. Al Alll subrack types are with front access only.

6.2. 6.2.1 1

Gen ene era rall sub ubra rack ck des esig ign n Sub ubra rack cks s ar are e av avai aila labl ble e wi with th or wi with thou outt a do door or.. If the the su subr brac ack k ha has s a do door or,, it is fitt fitted ed wi with th special hinges that enable the door to be removed from the subrack.

A42022-L5961-D251-2-7618

55

 

Technical Description (TED)

Information SURPASS hiT 7500-B 3.13

Network Element Alarm Panel (NEAP) Upper Fan Unit

19 mounting slots for plug-in cards

Fiber Routing Guides

19 mounting slots for plug-in cards

Fiber Routing Guides Lower Fan Unit Air Filter Unit Connector Panel (COPA)

Fig. 6.2

Double-row subrack

Network Element Alarm Panel (NEAP) Upper Fan Unit

19 mounting slots for plug-in cards

Fiber Routing Guides Lower Fan Unit Air Filter Unit Connector Panel (COPA)

Fig. 6.3

56

Single-row subrack

A42022-L5961-D251-2-7618

 

Information SURPASS hiT 7500-B 3.13

Technical Description (TED)

Network Element Alarm Panel (NEAP) Fan Unit

18 mounting slots for plug-in cards

Cable Outlet Fan Unit Air Filter Unit Connector Panel (COPA)

Fig. 6.4

6.2. 6.2.2 2

Subrack for double-height cards

Ne Netw twor ork kE Ele leme ment nt A Ala larm rm P Pan anel el ((NE NEAP AP)) The NEAP (Fig. 6.5) cont contai ains ns th the e most most impo import rtan antt powe powerr-on on and and al alar arm m LEDs LEDs as well well as in inte terf rfac aces es and and the subra subrack ck ad addre dress ss swit switch ch.. Th The e LE LEDs Ds are visi visibl ble e and conn connec ector tors s are acaccessible even if the subrack front cover is mounted. The NEAP is located at the top of each subrack, as shown in Fig. 6.2 to Fig. 6.4. ADDRESS 1

UBAT 2 3

4

EQUIP-ALARMS MAJOR MINOR

ALARMS MAJOR MINOR

ACO 10/100BT

F-IF

LAMP TEST

ESD AUX SHELF

Fig. 6.5

MAIN SHELF

Network element alarm panel

The NEAP elements are listed in Tab. 6.1.

A42022-L5961-D251-2-7618

57

 

Technical Description (TED)

Information SURPASS hiT 7500-B 3.13

Element marking

LED color

 

ESD

−

UBAT 1 to 4

Explanation ESD grounding socket

green

Separate power-on LEDs for the supply voltages

EQUIP EQUIP-ALARM S /  MAJOR-ALARMS

re red d

Summ Summar ariz ized ed Mayo Mayorr equ equiipmen pmentt ala alarm rm in indi dica cati tion on

EQUIP-ALARMS/  MINOR

yell yellow ow

Su Summ mmar ariz ized ed Mino Minorr equi equipm pmen entt alar alarm m indic indicat atio ion n

re red d

ALARMS / MAJOR ALARMS /  MINOR

ye yelllo low w

ACO

blue

 

10/100BT

−

Summ Summar ariz ized ed Mayo Mayorr com commu muni nic catio ation n ala alarm rm in indi dica ca-tion Summ Summar ariz ized ed Mino Minorr co comm mmun uniica cati tion on al alar arm m in indi dica cati tion on Alarm cut-off button with LED (cuts off indicated audible alarms) Ethernet LAN connector (8-pin RJ45 connector); can be used for connecting the NE to the LAN, instead of the LAN M1 or 10BT_M1 connectors on the COPA COP (see (see Tab. in 6.2 .2) ). OCU network element  OnA the COPA the Note: Note: On 10/100 100BTN BTN con connec nector tor must (see (se e Chapter Chapter 6.2.3), 6.2.3), the 10/ be conn connec ecte ted d to the the LAN LAN M1 conn connec ecto torr in this this case case..

 

ADDRESS

 

F-IF LAMP TEST

 

−

Subrack address switch

−

F interface for serial connection to a craft terminal (9-pin D-Sub connector)

−

Lamp test button, switching on all LEDs on NEAP, cards and both fan units of the subrack. Notes: On the NEAP, only either  the LEDs marked AUX either the SHELF or the or the LEDs marked MAIN SHELF (see Fig. 6.5) are lit by the lamp test − de depe pendi nding ng on the the used shelf type. The UBAT LEDs are not included in the lamp test.

gr gree een n

Tab. ab. 6.1

6.2 6.2.3

EOW EOW con conne nect ctor or with with LED LED ((44-pi pin n RJ4 RJ45 5c con onne nect ctor or))

NEAP elements

Co Conn nne ector ctor Pa Pan nel (C (COP OPA A) Th The e exte extern rnal al mana manage geme ment nt and and powe powerr supp supply ly conn connec ecto tors rs of each each subr subrac ack k ar are e cent centra rallized on its COPA, located at the bot otttom of the subrack (see Fig. 6.2 to Fig. 6.4). The The COPA also contains the EMI filter elements. Th Ther ere e ar are e two two di diff ffer eren entt COPA COPA vari varian ants ts,, depe depend ndin ing g on the the NE type type,, as show shown n in Fig. 6.6 and Fig. 6.7.

58

A42022-L5961-D251-2-7618

 

Information SURPASS hiT 7500-B 3.13

Technical Description (TED)

MM NB

T3 PCB/  PCB/  ETSI

UB BA AT 1 U B BA AT T2 2 SPI2 MM SB SPI1

Fig. 6.6

TIF1 CAN1 CAN2

UBAT4

Connector panel in OCU network element

10BT_M1 10BT_M2 T3 AU X1 X1 A U UX X 2 E OW OW1 EO W2 W2 SHELF UBAT3 PCB/  PCB/  10BT_O 10BT_N ALARMS CAN1 CAN2

10BT UB BA AT 1 U B BA AT T2 2 SPI2

Fig. 6.7

LAN M1 LAN M2 M-F-IF T3 EO EOW1 W1 EO EOW2 W2 ANSI SHELF UBAT3 LAN E1 10/100BTN ALARMS

SPI1

UBAT4

TIF1

Connector panel in DWDM network element

The COPA connectors are listed in Tab. 6.2. Connector markings COPA (OCU)

Connector type

Explanation

COPA (DWDM)

UBAT1 to UBAT 4

UBAT1 to UBAT 4

4 x 3W3 D-Sub power connector

Power supply

SPI1

SPI1

D-Sub 15 1 5 pi p in (m ( male) SPI bus connection (from/to lower row and external DCM in doublerow subrack)

SPI2

SPI2

D-Sub 15 1 5 pi p in (m ( male) SPI bus connection (used only in double dou ble-row -row subrac subrack: k: from from/to /to uppe upperr row and second external DCM)

MM NB

 

−

RJ45 8 pin

GNE Ethernet connection (northbound) to customer DCN

MM SB

 

−

RJ45 8 pin

GNE Ethernet connection (southbound) to Ethernet switch

10BT

RJ45 8 pin

Ethernet connection

TIF1

D-Sub 2 25 5 pi pin ((m male) TIF connections from/to OSCTUI/OSCTUT card and MCU card

− TIF1

PCB/CAN1, PCB/CAN1, DD-Su Sub b 15 pi pin n (male (male)) Conn Connec ecti tion ons s to the the P PCB CB and and CAN CAN PCB/CAN2 PCB/CAN2 busses Tab. 6.2

A42022-L5961-D251-2-7618

COPA connectors

59

 

Technical Description (TED)

Information SURPASS hiT 7500-B 3.13

Connector markings COPA (OCU)

AUX1,

AUX2

AUX2

EOW1, EOW2

EOW1, EOW2

LAN M1, LAN M2

   

10/100BTN

D-Sub D-S ub 9 pin (male) (male)

V.11 interfaces) from/to OSCTUI/OSCTUT card DD-Su Sub b 9 pin (ma (male le))

EOW EOW conne connect ctio ions ns fro from/t m/to o OSCTUI/OSCTUT card

−

RJ45 8 pin

Q3 Ethernet connection from/to MCU card

−

RJ45 8 pin

Unused

−

RJ45 8 pin

Connected to the 10/100BT conne nec ctor tor on the the NEAP NEAP (see (see Tab. 6.1)

10BT_M1

RJ45 8 pin

Q3 Ethernet connection from/to MCU card

−

10BT_M2

RJ45 8 pin

EXT Ethernet connection from/to MCU card

−

10BT_O

RJ45 8 pin

Unused

−

10BT_N

RJ45 8 pin

Connected to the 10/100BT conne nec ctor tor on the the NEAP NEAP (see (see Tab. 6.1)

DD-Su Sub b 9 pin pin (mal (male) e)

F in inte terf rfac ace e for for seri serial al conn connec ecti tion on to a craft terminal

T3

D-Sub 9 pin (m (male)

Supply voltages for the T3 termination network

SHELF ALARMS

DD-Su Sub b 15 pi pin n (m (mal ale) e) Sh Shel elff ala alarm rm conn connec ecti tion ons s

− SHELF ALARMS

 

−

Grounding so socket Tab. ab. 6.2

6.2.4.1

AUX con connect nection ions s (each (each with with tw two o

−

M-F-IF

6.2.4

Explanation

COPA (DWDM)

AUX1,

LAN E1

Connector type

Ground

COPA COP A connectors connector s (Cont.)

Force rced venti tillation Fan units Ea Each ch subra subrack ck has has tw two o in inde depe pende ndent nt,, tempe tempera ratur ture e cont control rolle led d fan fan un unit its s for forc forced ed cool coolin ing. g. Th The ese slide-i -in n units are moun untted above and below the the card rds s as shown in Fig. 6.2 to Fig. 6.4. Both fan units are identical, but the lower fan unit is fitted with an air filter. Each fan unit is equipped with 3 fans. A red LED on the fan unit indicates the operating status (alarm) of the fans: LED off means OK, no alarm.

60

A42022-L5961-D251-2-7618

 

Information SURPASS hiT 7500-B 3.13

6.2.4.2

Technical Description (TED)

Airflow g gu uides Ai Airf rflo low w guid guides es ar are e us used ed in th the e tran transp spond onder er NEs NEs to main mainta tain in a un unif ifor orm m ai airf rflo low w impe impeda danc nce e − need needed ed only only if a co comp mpar artm tmen entt (c (con onsi sist stin ing g of 4 slot slots) s) is part partia iall lly y equi equipp pped ed wi with th OC OCR1 R10 0 or TEX cards. Th The e ai airf rflo low w guid guide e is an upri uprigh ghtt meta metall pl plat ate e (wit (with h its its ow own n gask gasket eted ed bl blan ank k face facepl plat ate) e) that that is inserted into the card guide rails of the subrack, similar to a plug-in card. Fo Forr deta detail ils s on usin using g th the e ai airf rflo low w guid guides es,, see see the the Inst Instal alla lati tion on and and Te Test st Manu Manual al (ITM (ITMN) N) of SURPASS hiT 7500-B.

6.2. 6.2.5 5

Bl Blan ank k pa pane nels ls an and d face facepl plat ates es An Any y card card sl slot ot th that at re rema main ins s empt empty y (i (i.e .e., ., does does not not cont contai ain n a card card or an ai airf rflo low w guid guide) e) gengenerally must be equipped with a blank panel for electromagnetic shielding. In in a sub ubrrack of an OCU net etw work el elem eme ent with at lea eas st 1 car ard d per compar arttment, thi his s comp compar artme tment nt must must be comp comple lete tely ly fi filllled ed with with bl blank ank pane panels ls.. In addit additio ion, n, after after in inst stal alliling ng the the MCU MC U ca card rd,, a pa part rtic icul ular ar fa fac cepla eplate te must must be moun mounte ted d co cove veri ring ng al also so the the MIBS MIBS an and d the the re re-main ma inin ing g sl slot ot ar area ea.. El Else se,, th the e use use of bl blan ank k pane panels ls is opti option onal al,, but but re reco comm mmen ende ded d for for bett better er protection against accidental damage to components inside the subrack.

A42022-L5961-D251-2-7618

61

 

Technical Description (TED)

6.3 6.3.1

Information SURPASS hiT 7500-B 3.13

Cards Basic c ca ard d de esign Fig. 6.8 and Fig. 6.9 show the basic design of single-height and double-height cards. Ea Each ch ca card rd cons consis ists ts of a mult multii-la laye yerr PCB PCB wi with th a surr surrou ound ndin ing g ESD ESD gr grou ound ndin ing g fram frame e and and a face plate. The components are fitted on both sides of the PCB. 6.3.2.. The card front elements are described in Chapter 6.3.2

Card coding Insertion and Insertion removal aid

Control and display elements   r   o    t   c   e   n   n   o   c    C    A    P    I    S

Insertion and Insertion removal aid

Card coding

Fig. 6.8

62

Single-height card design

A42022-L5961-D251-2-7618

 

Information SURPASS hiT 7500-B 3.13

Technical Description (TED)

Card coding Insertion and Insertion removal aid

  r   o    t   c   e   n   n   o   c    C    A    P    I    S

Control and display elements

Card coding

Card coding

Insertion and Insertion removal aid Card Coding

Fig. 6.9

A42022-L5961-D251-2-7618

Double-height card design with fiber connectors

63

 

Technical Description (TED)

6.3.1.1

Information SURPASS hiT 7500-B 3.13

SIPAC c co onnectors the Th The e SI SIPA PAC C conn connec ecto tors rs at th the e re rear ar of th the e card card (see (see Fig. 6.8 and Fig. 6.9), as well as the corre corresp spon ondi ding ng SI SIPA PAC C conn connec ecto tors rs on the subr subrac ack k ba back ckpl plan ane, e, are fitt fitted ed with with me mech chan anic ical al card card codi coding ng el elem emen ents ts.. Ea Each ch card card ca can n only only be full fully y in inse sert rted ed in into to a subr subrac ack k slot slot that that is suit suit-able able fo forr th this is card card,, so th that at fu fund ndam amen enta tall subr subrac ack k equi equipp ppin ing g er erro rors rs (whi (which ch poss possib ibly ly migh mightt cause damages or extensive malfunctions) are impossible. Th Thes ese e mech mechan anic ical al codi coding ng el elem emen ents ts al also so ensu ensure re the the pr prop oper er cent center erin ing g and and gr grou ound ndin ing g of the card in the subrack.

i

Note that installing cards requires slow and careful handling. Never apply excessive force!

Fo Forr de deta taililed ed card card ha hand ndliling ng in inst stru ruct ctio ions ns,, see see the the Inst Instal alla lati tion on and Test Test Ma Manua nuall (ITMN (ITMN)) of SURP SU RPAS ASS S hi hiT T 75 7500 00-B -B.. Th The e gr grou ound ndin ing g pi pins ns of th the e SI SIPA PAC C co conn nnec ecto tors rs ar are e pr pree-ma mati ting ng,, so that that they they firs firstt of al alll esestablish the ground connection, when the card is being inserted into the subrack.

6.3. 6.3.1. 1.2 2

In Inse sert rtio ion n an and d re remo mova vall ai aids ds that fit fit into nto Al Alll card cards s have have in inse sert rtio ion n and and re remo mova vall ai aids ds (a (as s show shown n in Fig. 6.8 and Fig. 6.9) that th the e hole holes s of th the e ca card rd guid guides es in the the su subr brac ack. k. No spec specia iall tool tools s ar are e nece necess ssar ary y fo forr in inse sert rtin ing g or extracting the cards.

i

However, note that the insertion and removal aids must be handled carefully. Never apply excessive force!

The correct handling of the insertion and removal aids is described in the Installation and Test Test Manual Manual (ITMN) (ITMN) of SURPAS SURPASS S hiT 7500-B. The The vi visi sibl ble e su surf rfac aces es of th the e ins nser erti tion on an and d re remo mova vall ai aids ds ar are e us used ed for for ca card rd ide dent ntif ifyi ying ng labels.

6.3.2 6.3.2.1

Card front elements Fiber c co onnecto tors rs Th The e fr fron ontt pane panell of an opti optica call card card is ei eith ther er fitt fitted ed wi with th opti optica call fibe fiberr conn connec ecto tors rs or wi with th SF SFP P modules (described in Chapter 6.3.3). 6.3.3). The available fiber connector variants, depending on the card types, are listed in 10.3.. Chapter 10.3

64

A42022-L5961-D251-2-7618

 

Information SURPASS hiT 7500-B 3.13

6.3.2.2

Technical Description (TED)

LEDs All active car ard ds (i.e., cards that contain a local card control roller er)) are fitted with the two st stan anda dard rd LE LEDs Ds lilist sted ed in Tab. 6.3. Th They ey ar are e visi visibl ble e whe hen n the the su subr brac ack k fron frontt do door or is op open en.. Element OK LED

Color

Explanation

green   − Ac Acti tiva vate ted d if the the card card is re read ady y fo forr data data tran transm smis issi sion on or actu actual ally ly transmitting data.

− If deactivated, the card may be removed from the subrack. − Also activated if the lamp test button on the NEAP is pushed (see Tab. 6.1). For startup and fault indications, see Tab. 6.4. Fault LED

red   − Activated if the card detected a hardware or software failure condition that requires attention by service staff as soon as possible.

− De Deac acti tiva vate ted d autom automat atic ical ally ly as soon soon as al alll fail failur ures es with with this this card card have been cleared.

− Also activated if the lamp test button on the NEAP is pushed (see Tab. 6.1). For startup and fault indications, see Tab. 6.4. Tab. 6.3

Standard front LEDs

Th The e Fa Faul ultt LED LED is fe fed d fr from om an of offf-ca card rd supp supply ly volt voltag age e (ULE (ULED) D) to ensu ensure re that that the the LED LED can can be activated even if the power supply unit of the card fails. list sts s th the e po poss ssib ible le OK an and d Fa Faul ultt LE LED D in indi dica cati tion ons s du duri ring ng star startu tup p or faul faultt co cond ndiiTab. 6.4 li tions. Operating or failure condition

OK LED

Fault LED

Software Softwa re startu startup p (periph (periphera erall card card controller), boot process (SC)

off

on

Application software startup

on

on

Built in self test: software OK

flashing

off

Application software not OK

off

on

Operational state = enabled, application software OK

on

off

Operational state = disabled, application software OK

off (switched off by SC softwar software) e)

off

off or undefined (switched off by SC software software if pos possible) sible)

on or undefined (switched on by card software if possible)

Card/equipment fault

Tab. 6.4

A42022-L5961-D251-2-7618

Startup and fault indications by the card front LEDs

65

65

A42022 L5961 D251 2 7618

 

Technical Description (TED)

Information SURPASS hiT 7500-B 3.13

Operating or failure condition Operational state = enabled, application software OK, and LOS detected by the card MCU only: MIBS failure Tab. ab. 6.4

OK LED

Fault LED

on

flashing

undefined

flashing

Startup and fault indications by the card front LEDs (Cont.)

Th The e OF10 card is fitted with tw two o gree een n LEDs listed in Tab. 6.5. They They ar are e visi visibl ble e whe hen n the subrack front door is open. LED Demux (green)

Explanation

Off

Off

Power supply unit (PSU) is defect

On

Off

OF10 card is equipped in a slot for demux application (slot 1, 5, 9 or 13) and PSU is working.

Off

On

OF10 card is equipped in each other slot and PSU is working.

On

On

OF10 card is equipped in any slot and lamp test signal is acti tive ve.. It oper operat ates es even even with withou outt PS PSU U by usin using g the the UL ULED ED volt voltag age. e.

Tab. ab. 6.5

6.3.2.3

LED Mux (green)

Standard front LEDs

Debug port Al Alll ac acti tive ve ca card rds s (i (i.e .e., ., ca card rds s that that co cont ntai ain n a lo loca call ca card rd co cont ntro roll ller er)) ar are e fitt fitted ed wi with th a de deb bug po port rt at th the e card card fr front ont.. This This in inte terf rfac ace e is in inte tende nded d for for use use by autho authoriz rized ed perso personn nnel el only only. The debug port is not accessible when the subrack front door is closed.

6.3.3

SFP modules The The op opti tica call 2. 2.5 5 Gbi Gbit/ t/s s cl clie ient nt in inte terf rfac aces es of the the TE TEX X V5, TEX TEX LH2 LH2 an and d TEX TEX Reg egiio2 car ards ds (i (i.e .e., ., th the e la late test st desi design gn in each each case case)) ar are e equi equipp pped ed wi with th hothot-pl plug ugga gabl ble e SFP SFP modu module les s that that are are moun mounte ted d on th the e fr fron ontt pane panell of th the e card card.. Th The e SFP SFP modu module les s perf perfor orm m the the opti optica call / el elec ec-tr tric ical al conv conver ersi sion on in both both si sign gnal al di dire rect ctio ions ns (S (SFP FP tran transc scei eive ver) r),, with with in inte tegr grat ated ed cloc clock k and and data recovery (CDR) and serializer / deserializer (SerDes) functionalities. Fig g. 6. 6.1 10 shows an example of an SFP module. Fi 5.3.21.. The functions of the TEX cards are described in Chapter 5.3.21

A42022 L5961 D251 2 7618

66

 

Information SURPASS hiT 7500-B 3.13

Fig ig.. 6.10 .10

Technical Description (TED)

SFP module (example)

Two SFP types are available:  – 2 km interface (I-16)  – 15 km interface (S-16.1)  – 40 km interface (L-16.1)  – 80 km interface (L-16.2) Compar Comp ared ed to di dire rect ct opti optica call in inte terf rfac aces es at the the card card fron front, t, SFP SFP modu module les s pr prov ovid ide e the the foll follow ow-ing benefits:  – SFP modules can be exchanged quickly to react to varying customer demands  – Spare costs can be reduced (e.g., only one TEX V5 card with different SFP modules instead of different TEX cards) A maxi maximu mum m of fo four ur SFP SFP modu module les s of the the sa same me type type ca can n us used ed pe perr ca card rd;; un unde dere requ quip ippi ping ng and and mixe mixed d equi equipp ppin ing g is al allo lowe wed. d. Th The e card card soft softwa ware re can can deri derive ve pr pres esen ence ce and and type type in info forrmation from each SFP module. If a SFP is mounted on the card and an ano other type is configured, it will raise a SFP Mismatch and a LOS alarm. If one SFP is not mounted, it will raise a SFP Missing and a LOS alarm.

67

A42022 L5961 D251 2 7618

 

Technical Description (TED)

Information SURPASS hiT 7500-B 3.13

7 Comm Commis issi sion onin ing, g, start startup up an and d ma main inte tena nanc nce e Th This is chap chapte terr gi give ves s so some me basi basic c in info form rmat atio ion n abou aboutt comm commis issi sion onin ing, g, star startu tup p and and ma main inte te-nance of SURPASS hiT 7500-B.

7.1

Commissioning SURPAS SURP ASS S hi hiT T 75007500-B B has has to be conf config igure ured d on in init itia iall comm commis issi sion onin ing, g, pr prio iorr to the the re regul gular ar op opera erati tion on.. There There ar are e di diff ffere erent nt comm commis issi sion onin ing g manua manuals ls depen dependi ding ng on the the used used net netwo work rk elements and management system. Th The e or order der numbe numbers rs of the commi commiss ssio ioni ning ng manu manual als s ar are e lilist sted ed in the the SURP SURPAS ASS S hi hiT T 75 750000B Documentation Guide.

7.2 7.2.1

Startup Cold start A cold cold st star artt can can be in init itia iate ted d by appl applyi ying ng powe powerr to the the ra rac ck or subr subrac ack, k, by in inse sert rtin ing g a card card into a subrack, by a hardware reset or by software. The cold start includes the following automatic actions:  – Basic checks and initializations  – Card configurations  – Software startup to normal nor mal operation

7.2.2

Warm start A warm start (reboot) can be initiated by a Software Reset or a Swap command. The warm start includes the following automatic actions:  – Basic checks and initializations  – All software attributes which correspond to hardware configurations are recovered from the transmission hardware or from a protected RAM area (depending on the particular card type)  – Hardware configurations remain unchanged  – All software attributes which do not affect hardware configurations are set to default (e.g., fault management and performance management settings)  – Software startup to normal nor mal operation

7.3

Maintenance The al alarm arm an and d main mainte tena nanc nce e conc concep eptt of SURP SURPAS ASS S hi hiT T 75 7500 00-B -B pr prov ovid ides es suff suffic icie ient nt al alarm arm information to localize and clear a fault at card (module) level. 3.5.1.. For an overview of the alarm features, see Chapter 3.5.1

A42022 L5961 D251 2 7618

68

 

Information SURPASS hiT 7500-B 3.13

Technical Description (TED)

Mainte Main tena nanc nce e meas measur ures es (e (e.g .g., ., fa faul ultt lo loca cali liz zing) ing) ca can n be ca carr rrie ied d ou outt lo loca callly or by re remo mote te control − st start artin ing g fr from om LE LED D in indi dica cati tion ons s (see (see Chap Chapter ters s 6.2.2 and 6.3.2 6.3.2)) or from an error message at the GUI (see Chapter 8). Fo Forr deta detail ils s see see th the e Tr Trou oubl bles esho hoot otin ing g Manu Manual al (TSM (TSMN) N).. Th The e or orde derr numb number er of the the TSMN TSMN is listed in the SURPASS hiT 7500-B Documentation Guide.

69

A42022-L5961-D251-2-7618

 

Technical Description (TED)

Information SURPASS hiT 7500-B 3.13

8 Network management This chapt This chapter er pr prov ovid ides es an ov overv ervie iew w of th the e tele teleco commu mmuni nica cati tion on netw networ ork k ma mana nagem gemen entt syssyste tems ms th that at can can be us used ed in comb combin inat atio ion n with with the the SURP SURPAS ASS S hi hiT T 75007500-B B soft softwa ware re,, in incl cludi uding ng the access and security management functions. The Siem emen s netwo net work rksign manag ma nagem sy stems ems fo r gion op opti tica cal netw twork orks (a (as s descri des cribed bed inllChapCh toens 8.5) 8.5 ) ar are e de desi gned ed emen fo forr ent th the et syst ne need eds s offor regi re onal al ltran trne ansp spor orttsne netw twor orks ks as well we asapfor for ters Si 8.3 long distances within national and international networks. Th The e netw networ ork k mana manage geme ment nt syst system ems s pr prov ovid ide e al alll the the majo majorr netw networ ork k ma mana nage geme ment nt func func-ti tion ons s defi define ned d in th the e IT ITUU-T T st stan anda dard rd M.30 M.3010 10 “P “Pri rinc ncip iple les s for for a Te Tele leco comm mmun unic icat atio ion n ManManagement Network”.

Network Management

Business Busine ss managemen managementt layer

Business management layer Service management layer

- Budgeting - Business planning - Inventory management

Service management layer

Network management layer

Network management layer

- Service order booking - Subscriber administration - Client interface Element management layer

- Config Configura uratio tion n of sec sectio tions ns /  paths - Network supervision and control - Section / path protection

Fig. 8.1

Element management layer

- Con Contro troll and sup superv ervisio ision n of NEs - Configuration of NEs - Fault localization on network management layer

Network management functions according to ITU-T

Ba Base sed d on th that at st stan andar dard, d, the fi five ve fu func ncti tion onal al areas areas fault fault,, conf config igura urati tion on,, acco accoun unti ting ng,, pe perf rforormance and security management can be distributed to the four layers as shown in Fig. 8.1. The The lo lowe west st la laye yerr of th the e netw networ ork k mana manage geme ment nt func functi tion ons s is the the elem element ent manageme management nt Its s fu func ncti tion onal alit ity y and and it its s user user in inte terf rfac ace e al allo low w al alll syst system em comp compon onen ents ts and and func functi tion on layer.. It layer unit units s of a netw networ ork k el elem emen entt to be moni monito tore red d and and hand handle led, d, e.g. e.g.,, li line ne card cards s with with user user port ports, s, cross connect units, multiplex modules, etc. The netw incl clud udes es al alll the the func functi tion ons s re requ quir ired ed to ma mana nage ge the the opopnetwork ork manageme management nt layer layer in ti tica call netw networ ork k in an ef effe fect ctiv ive e and and user user-f -fri rien endl dly y way, way, such such as the the visu visual aliz izat atio ion n of the the netnetwork topology, creation of services, correlation of alarms to network resources. Fault,, conf Fault config igura urati tion on and and perfo performa rmanc nce e manag managem ement ent are supp support orted ed on the el elem ement ent manmanag ageme ement nt la laye yer, r, wi with th confi configur gurat atio ion n and faul faultt manag managem emen entt al also so being being pr prov ovid ided ed on the the netnetwork wo rk mana managem gemen entt la laye yer. r. Ad Addi diti tion onal al conf config igur urat atio ion, n, faul faultt and and perf perform orman ance ce manag managem ement ent fe feat atur ures es ar are e avai availa labl ble e on th the e se serv rvic ice e mana manage geme ment nt la laye yer. r. Se Secu curi rity ty mana manage geme ment nt func func-ti tion ons s can can be used used to re rest stri rict ct acce access ss ei eith ther er to the the user user in inte terf rfac aces es of the the netw networ ork k mana manage ge-ment system or to individual network elements.

A42022-L5961-D251-2-7618

70

 

Information SURPASS hiT 7500-B 3.13

8. 8.1 1 8.1.1

Technical Description (TED)

Ac Acce cess ss and and secu securi rity ty ma mana nage geme ment nt NE a ac ccess m ma anagement Se Seve veral ral manag managem emen entt syst system ems s (s (see ee Chap Chapte ters rs 8.3 to 8.5 8.5)) ar are e al allo lowe wed d to es esta tabl bliish co connne nect ctio ions to th the eted NE atmana th the enage sa same me ti time me. . stem Oper Op erat ions ns (n (non on-m odi ifyin fyting geas we mo dify fyin g)can ca n bensre requ ques este d by ma geme ment nt syst sy ems satio in para parall llel el -mod with withou out the th need newell edlltoasexpl exmodi plic icit itly lying) re requ ques estt wr writ ite e ac acce cess ss be befo fore re,, i. i.e. e.,, al alll re reque quest sts s are seri serial aliz ized ed in the the NE on a firs firstt-co comeme-fi firs rsttserve basis. To ensu ensure re data data co cons nsis iste tenc ncy y betw betwee een n al alll NEs NEs and and al alll conn connec ecte ted d mana managi ging ng syst system ems, s, the the NE send sends s noti notifi fica cati tion ons s to al alll conn connec ecte ted d mana manage geme ment nt syst system ems s as a re resu sult lt of any any modi modi-fying operation, which has been performed in the NE successfully.

8.1. 8.1.2 2

Us User er s sec ecur urit ity y ma mana nage geme ment nt a and nd a acc cces ess s co cont ntro roll (see ee Fi Fig. g. 8. 8.2) 2) can be used to access the monitoring and Several physic Several physical al int interfa erfaces ces (s conf config igur urin ing g fu func ncti tion ons s of SURP SURPAS ASS S hi hiT T 7500 7500-B -B.. Fo Forr acce access ss cont contro roll via via Q3 in inte terf rfac ace, e, a password based client authentication with different user classes is implemented. The Q3 interface apply enhanced security rules, such as:  –  –  –  –  –  –  –

Force the user to change password at first login Strictly check every new user password for syntax complexity (e.g., minimum length, different character types, no trivial sequences) Inactivity timeout (logout the user automatically after a configurable period of inactivity) Disable user account on configurable period of non-use Disable user account after a defined number of consecutive unsuccessful login attempts Provide password aging per user account with configurable aging interval Avoid Avoid password toggling (do not allow to re-use recently used passwords)

Security and configuration data are stored in persistent logs.

71

A42022-L5961-D251-2-7618

 

Technical Description (TED)

8.2 8. 2 8.2. 8.2.1 1

Information SURPASS hiT 7500-B 3.13

Netw Networ ork k manag managem emen entt inter interfa face ces s and arch archit itec ectu ture re Ne Netw twor ork km man anag agem emen entt iint nter erfa face ces s Fig. 8.2 pro provi vide des s an ov overv ervie iew w of the netwo network rk ma manag nagem emen entt syst system ems s and in inter terfa face ces s that that ca can n beinterfaces. us used ed to mana manage ge th the e SUR SURPAS PASS hi hiT T 75 7500 00-B -B so soft ftwa ware re via via the the Q an and d F co comm mmun uniication @CT (Q3) IP

TNMS CT (Q3)

IP

IP

F

TNMS Core/CDM (Q3) OSI or IP

OSI or IP

Q DCC

MAF

OSI or IP

OSI or IP

MCF

SURPASS hiT 7500-B

Q

F

MCF

MAF

DCC

SURPASS hiT 7500-B

DCC Data Communication Channel MAF Management Application Functions MCF Message Communication Functions

Fig. 8.2

8.2.1.1

Network management interfaces

Q3 interface The The Q3 in inte terf rfac ace e al allo lows ws th the e SURP SURPA ASS hi hiT T 75 7500 00-B -B sy syst stem em to be co conn nnec ecte ted d to an OSI OSI Q3-C Q3 -CMI MISE SE comp complilian antt TMN. TMN. SURP SURPAS ASS S hi hiT T 75007500-B B supp support orts s the the Mess Messag age e Cont Contro roll FuncFuncti tion on.. Th This is al allo lows ws re remo mote te acce access ss fo forr th the e netw networ ork k ma mana nage geme ment nt syst system ems s to netw networ ork k el eleements via Q3. The Q3 interface is a half-duplex 10 Mbit/s Ethernet protocol. Communication is carried out via the implemented communication stacks.

8.2.1.2

F interface Th The e F in inte terf rfac ace e al allo lows ws di dire rect ct conn connec ecti tion on of a craf craftt term termin inal al (i (in n LCT LCT mode mode)) for for the the cont contro roll of on onlly th the e lo loca call ne netw twor ork k el elem emen ent. t. The The F in inte terf rfac ace e sup uppo port rts s the the sa same me CMIS CMISE E pr prot otoc ocol ol as that for the Q3 interface. Th The e data data co comm mmun unic icat atio ion n chan channe nels ls (D (DCC CC)) ar are e HDLC HDLC type type seri serial al chan channe nels ls embe embedd dded ed in the fiber optical signal(s) used for TMN purposes.

8.2. 8.2.2 2

Ne Netw twor ork k ma mana nage geme ment nt a arc rchi hite tect ctur ure e Th The e fo foll llow owin ing g th thre ree e exam exampl ples es of netw networ ork k mana manage geme ment nt ar arch chit itec ectu ture re we were re chos chosen en to vivisualize the possibilities of managing SURPASS hiT 7500-B networks.

A42022-L5961-D251-2-7618

72

 

Information SURPASS hiT 7500-B 3.13

Technical Description (TED)

TNMS Core/CDM

TNMS CT IP

IP Internal customer network IP

Data Communication Channel SURPASS hiT 7500-B NE Fig. 8.3

SURPASS hiT 7500-B NE

Network management architecture with Q3 Gateway NE

TNMS CT

TNMS Core/CDM

OSI or IP

OSI or IP

@CT IP

Internal customer network

OSI or IP Data Communication Channel SURPASS hiT 7500-B NE Fig. 8.4

8.3

SURPASS hiT 7500-B NE

Network management architecture without Gateway NE

TNMS CT Please refer to the User Manual TNMS CT for detailed information on TNMS CT. For the order number of the User Manual TNMS CT, see the SURPASS hiT 7500-B Documentation Guide. TNMS TN MS CT is a tra trans nspa pare rent nt soft softwa ware re pl plat atfo form rm for for SDH SDH and WDM WDM ne netw twor ork k el elem emen ents ts usin using g QD2, QD 2, QST, QST, QST QST V2 V2,, Q3 or SNMP SNMP tele telegr gram am pr prot otoc ocol ols. s. It pr prov ovid ides es acce access ss to netw networ ork k el el-ements via a network interface (Ethernet) or via a line interface (RS232).

73

A42022-L5961-D251-2-7618

 

Technical Description (TED)

Information SURPASS hiT 7500-B 3.13

There are two operation modes for TNMS CT:  – Local Craft Terminal (LCT) mode, which is used for local management and for the commissioning of network elements, and the  – Network Craft Terminal (NCT) mode, which is used for either local or remote network management. TNMS CT su TNMS supp ppor orts ts li line ne,, st star ar,, ri ring ng and and me mesh sh netw networ orks ks comp compri risi sing ng WDM, WDM, SD SDH H and and netnetwork elements. Possible connection to TMN

NCT mode

Q (LAN) NE 1 NE 9

NE 8

LCT mode

DCC

DCC

Q DCC

DCC DCC

NE 7

NE 2

DCC NE 10 NE 3

NE 6

DCC DCC

DCC

DCC NE 5

NE 4

LCT mode

F

NE 11

LCT monitoring areas (NCT monitors all NEs) DCC

Fig. 8.5

Data communication channel

Application example for craft terminals (in LCT and NCT modes) in a transmission network

El Elem emen entt mana manage geme ment nt fu func ncti tion ons s ar are e exec execut uted ed via via the the El Elem emen entt Ma Mana nage gers rs (L (LCT CTs, s, MS MSN N mana ma nage gers rs)) pr prov ovid ided ed by th the e TMNS TMNS CT syst system em.. TN TNMS MS CT al allo lows ws 50 El Elem emen entt Ma Mana nage gers rs to be op open ened ed at th the e sa same me ti time me.. The The TNMS TNMS CT term termin inal al in NCT mo mode de ca can n co comm mmun uniica cate te with a maximum of 150 network elements. TNMS CT is a scal TNMS scalab able le si sing ngle le-u -use serr syst system em with with a clie client nt/s /ser erve verr ar arch chit itec ectu ture re compr compris isin ing g se seve vera rall ind ndus ustr try y st stan anda dard rd PCs PCs wit ith h the the Wind Window ows s 20 2000 00 oper operat atin ing g sy syst stem em an and d va vari riou ous s soft softwa ware re ap appl plic icat atio ions ns.. The cl clie ient nt and and serv server er soft softwa ware re can can be in inst stal alle led d ei eith ther er on diff differ erent ent PCs or on one single PC. The TMNS TMNS CT menu menu it item ems s an and d di dial alogs ogs al allo low w the the supp support orted ed comm communi unica cati tion on chann channel els s to be set set up. up. Th The e netw networ ork k el elem emen entt to be oper operat ated ed is sele select cted ed by a simp simple le pr proc oced edur ure e adap adaptted to the requirements of the connected communication channel. TNMS CT en TNMS enab able les s ad addr dres esse ses s to be as assi sign gned ed to the the ne netw twor ork k el elem emen ents ts.. The The pr prog ogra ram m ic icon ons s fo forr th thes ese e appl applic icat atio ions ns ar are e used used to pr pres esen entt the the assi assign gned ed netw networ ork k el elem emen ents ts in the the netw network ork vi view ew for th the e comm commun unic icat atio ion n chan channel nel.. Doubl Double-c e-clilick ckin ing g such such an icon icon start starts s the as-

A42022-L5961-D251-2-7618

74

 

Information SURPASS hiT 7500-B 3.13

Technical Description (TED)

si signe gned d de devi vice ce appl applic icat atio ion, n, i. i.e. e.,, an El Elem emen entt Manag Manager er,, an and d thus thus permi permits ts netw networ ork k el elem emen entt operation. Please see Chapter 8.6 for 8.6 for the SURPASS hiT 7500-B Element Manager.

8.4

@CT Please refer to the User Manual @CT for detailed information on @CT. @CT pr @CT prov ovid ides es web web acce access ss to SURP SURPAS ASS S hi hiT T 7500 7500-B -B netw networ ork k el elem emen ents ts in the the cust custom omer er ne netw twor ork k wi with thou outt th the e use use of a mana manage geme ment nt sy syst stem em.. @CT @CT is a Ja Java va ap appl plet et pr pree-in inst stal alle led d on th the e Main Main Cont Contro roll Unit Unit (MCU (MCU)) of a ne netw twor ork k el elem emen ent. t. MC MCU Us ar are e re resp spon onsi sibl ble e for for su supppo port rtin ing g the ga gath theri ering ng an and d re repo porti rting ng of tradi traditi tiona onall lo loca call tele teleme metry try.. @C @CT T cont contai ains ns the the El Eleement me nt Mana Manage gerr of th the e ne netw twor ork k el elem emen ent. t. Whe hen n a TCP/ TCP/IP IP co conn nnec ecti tion on is se sett up to the the NE, NE, the applet is downloaded by a web browser, and the Element Manager is opened. @CT may be accessed locally via the southbound interface of the NE. Please see Chapter 8.6 for 8.6 for the SURPASS hiT 7500-B Element Manager.

8.5

TNMS Core/CDM Please refer to the User Manual TNMS Core/CDM for detailed information on TNMS Core/CDM. Th The e te tele leco comm mmun unic icat atio ion n netw networ ork k manag managem ement ent syst system em TNMS TNMS Core/ Core/CD CDM M is an in inte tegra gratted solu soluti tion on desi design gned ed fo forr la larg rge, e, medi medium um and and smal smalll netw networ orks ks.. It supp suppor orts ts netw networ orks ks el eleements with WDM, OTH SDH, PDH, Ethernet and data inter terfaces and can be used to manage networks at the access, edge, metro, core and backbone levels. TNMS Core/CDM supports line, star, ring and mesh networks. Th The e netw networ ork k el elem emen ents ts of a tr tran ansm smis issi sion on netw networ ork k pr prov ovid ide e vari variou ous s mana manage geme ment nt in inte terrfa face ces s so th that at th they ey can can be co conn nnec ecte ted d to the the mana manage geme ment nt syst system em via via the the DCN DCN in seve severa rall ways. Element managem Element management ent functi functions ons are execut executed ed via the Ele Elemen mentt Manager Managers s (craft (craft termin terminals als in LCT mode, TNMS SX, MSN Manager, EM OS, NetViewer NME) provided by the TNMS TN MS Core Core/C /CDM DM sy syst stem em.. For For ne netw twor ork k el elem emen ents ts mana manage ged d via via EM OS, OS, ne netw twor ork k manmanagem agemen entt is re rest stri rict cted ed to fa faul ultt mana manage geme ment nt (a (ala larm rm mapp mappin ing) g).. Th Thes ese e netw networ ork k el elem emen ents ts are displayed as universal objects in the TNMS Core/CDM network plan. TNMS Co TNMS Core/ re/CD CDM M is a scal scalab able le,, mult multii-us user er syst system em with with a clie client nt/s /serv erver er ar arch chit itec ectu ture re comcompr pris isin ing g seve severa rall in indu dust stry ry st stan anda dard rd PCs PCs with with the the Wi Wind ndow ows s 2000 2000 op opera erati ting ng syst system em an and d varvarious software applications. The The TNMS Core/C /CD DM softw ftware compr priises the Client, Sy SysA sAdm dmin in,, Se Serv rver er and and NetS NetSer erve verr appl applic icat atio ions ns.. Cl Clie ient nt and and SysA SysAdm dmin in ar are e in inst stal alle led d on a cl clie ient nt PC. PC. Up to 40 Clie Client nt and 10 Sy SysA sAdmi dmin n in inst stal alla lati tion ons s can can be ma mana naged ged simul simultan taneo eous us-ly, facilitating distributed network operation. Fig. 8.6 shows the system architecture of TNMS Core/CDM:

75

A42022-L5961-D251-2-7618

 

Technical Description (TED)

Information SURPASS hiT 7500-B 3.13

Integrated LCT Element Managers

TNMS Core/CDM SysAdmin

TNMS Core/CDM client

Umbrella TMN

Fast Ethernet

SNMP or TMF CORBA agent TNMS Core/CDM Server/NetServer

DCN drivers Q3, Qst, QD2, SNMP

Ethernet NE

Fig. 8.6

NE

NE

System architecture of TNMS Core/CDM

Th The e admi admini nist stra rato torr of th the e mana manage geme ment nt syst system em can can acce access ss the the syst system em via via the the Sy SysA sAdm dmin in clie client nt,, whil while e th the e oper operat ator or can can use use th the e TNMS TNMS Core Core/C /CDM DM clie client nt in inte terf rfac ace. e. Th The e in inte tegr grat ated ed Elemen Ele mentt Manager Managers s (LCTs) (LCTs) are also also availa available ble fro from m here. here. Differe Different nt com communi municat cation ion drivers drivers (Q3, QST, SNMP or QD2) are provided for the communication to the gateway NEs. Please see Chapter 8.6 for 8.6 for the SURPASS hiT 7500-B Element Manager. TNMS Core/CDM consists of the following software components: • TNMS Core/CDM client components These components provide a graphical user interface that is used to monitor and manage suscribers, services, the network, and the DCN components. Depending on the user class, access to certain functions may be restricted. In addi additi tion on,, th the e TNMS TNMS Core Core/C /CDM DM Cl Clie ient nt comp compon onen ents ts pr prov ovid ide e acce access ss to the the loca locall El El-emen em entt Ma Mana nage gers rs of al alll netw networ ork k el elem emen ents ts ma mana nage ged d by TNMS TNMS Core Core/C /CDM DM.. Th The e lo loca call Element Manager of an NE is started by simply double-clicking an NE icon in the TNMS Core/CDM network map. • TNMS Core/CDM SysAdmin components These The se comp compon onent ents s provi provide de a gr grap aphi hica call use userr in inte terf rfac ace e for for admi admini nist stra rato tors rs to manag manage e the TNMS Core/CDM NetServers, NetSer vers, the TNMS Core/CDM server, the user accounts and a few settings that need to be uniform on a system-wide basis. New Ne w ne netw twork ork el elem emen ents ts can can be added added to TNMS TNMS Co Core re/C /CDM DM on only ly by Sy SysA sAdm dmin in user users. s. In addition, the external interfaces are managed via TNMS Core/CDM SysAdmin.

A42022-L5961-D251-2-7618

76

 

Information SURPASS hiT 7500-B 3.13

Technical Description (TED)

•

TNMS Core/CDM Server components In each TNMS Core/CDM system there is always one single active TNMS server. Th The e TNMS TNMS serv server er is th the e cent centra rall comp compon onen entt of TN TNMS MS Core Core/C /CDM DM.. Its Its ma main in func functi tion ons s are  – Providing and performing the TMN functions (FCAPs: fault, configuration, accounting, performance, security)  – Maintaining the databases needed for network management, log management, and configuration management  – Supporting the existing interfaces • TNMS Core/CDM NetServer components Th The e TNMS TNMS Co Core/ re/CD CDM M NetS NetServ erver er compo compone nent nts s work work as a me medi diat atio ion n devi device ce bet betwe ween en TNMS Core/CDM and the data communication network. Their main task is to proce cess ss th the e hu huge ge amou amount nt of DCN da data ta in or orde derr to re redu duce ce the the da data ta flo flow w pa pass ssed ed on to the the TNMS Core/CDM server. ser ver. The TNMS NetServer components consist of the  – NE controllers  – TNMS Core/CDM NetServer data cache

8.6 8.6

SU SURP RPAS ASS S hi hiT T 75 7500 00-B -B El Elem emen entt Ma Mana nager ger The PC requirements for running the Element Manager are listed in Chapter 10.9. 10.9. Th The e SURP SURPAS ASS S hi hiT T 75 7500 00-B -B El Eleme ement nt Mana Manager ger enab enable les s the the user user to perf perform orm a wide wide vari variet ety y of operation, administration, maintenance, and provisioning tasks for the SURPAS SUR PASS S hiT 7500-B 7500-B system. system. These include: • Fault management • Configuration management • Perf Performance ormance management manageme nt • Security management • Optical link commissioning procedures • Equipment management • Software management Thes These e SURP URPASS ASS hi hiT T 7500 7500-B -B Ele leme ment nt Mana Manage gerr func functi tion ons s ar are e pr prov ovid ided ed by TNMS TNMS CT 8.5) and can be accessed from and and TNMS TNMS Core Core/C /CDM DM sy syst stem ems s (s (see ee Chap Chapte ters rs 8.3 and 8.5) @CT (see Chapter 8.4). 8.4). SURPASS hiT 7500-B menu overview Th The e El Elem emen entt Manag Manager er ma acts ts as the the ro root ot sc scre reen en from from whic which h al alll othe otherr wi winnmain in win windo dow w ac dows are accessible.

77

A42022-L5961-D251-2-7618

 

Technical Description (TED)

Navigation Tree

Information SURPASS hiT 7500-B 3.13

Menu Men u Ba Barr

Toolbar

Working Area

Module View

Message Area Status Bar

Fig. 8.7

SURPASS hiT 7500-B Element Manager main window (example) The ma prov ovid ides es pull pull-d -dow own n me menu nus s for for acce access ss to li list stin ings gs (e (e.g .g., ., main in wi wind ndow ow’s ’s Menu Menu Ba Barr pr alarms rms) an and d windows for administrative tasks that refl eflec ectt the network element as a whole. whol e. The Toolbar al allo lows ws quic quick k acce access ss to freq freque uent ntly ly used used func functi tion ons. s. Th The e Sta Statu tus s Bar provi pro vides des in info form rmat atio ion n on al alarm arm st stat atus us and and pa param ramet eters ers.. The Mes Message sage Area show shows s al alll in in-comi coming ng me mess ssag ages es fr from om th the e netw networ ork k el elem emen entt whic which h ar are e re rela late ted d to conf config igur urat atio ion n and and papara rame mete terr ch chan ange ges. s. More Moreov over er,, th the e main main wind window ow pr prov ovid ides es acce access ss to the the Na Navi viga gati tion on Tr Tree ee and the Module View. The structure of the network element’s equipment is reflected in the Navigation Tree. Tree. The Mo show ows s gr grap aphi hica call su subr brac ack k sy symb mbol ol(s (s), ), co comp mple lete te wi with th car ards ds in thei theirr Modu dule le Vi View ew sh sl slot ots. s. By nav navig igat atin ing g in th the e Modu Module le Vi View ew,, it is po poss ssib ible le to ac acce cess ss de deta taiile led d in info form rmat atio ion n about individual entities in the network element (cards, slots, databases, etc.). The Func offers rs an easy easy-t -to-u o-und nders ersta tand nd overv overvie iew w of Functi tion onal al Vi View ew of a netw networ ork k elem elemen entt offe th the e netw networ ork k el elem emen ent' t's s gene general ral optic optical al path path stru struct cture ure an and d of the the cards cards in invo volv lved. ed. Ad Addi diti tiononally, the Functional View displays information about these cards. The The Func Functi tion onal al Vie iews ws fo forr ea eac ch ty type pe of ne netw twor ork k el elem emen entt ar are e simi simillar to on one e an anot othe her, r, ex ex-cept, of course, for the number and type of cards depicted.

A42022-L5961-D251-2-7618

78

 

Information SURPASS hiT 7500-B 3.13

Technical Description (TED)

Th The e to top p port portio ion n of th the e Fu Func ncti tion onal al Vi View ew al alwa ways ys show shows s the the Ne Netw twor ork k El Elem emen entt Ba Barr symb symbol ol.. By ri righ ghtt-c cli lick ckin ing g th the e Netw Networ ork k Ele leme ment nt Bar ar,, a nu numb mber er of faul fault, t, co conf nfig igur urat atio ion, n, and and lo log g sc scre reen ens s ca can n be ac acce ces sse sed. d. Some Some of the the sub-w ub-wiind ndow ows s ac acce cess ssib ible le from from the the Func Functi tion onal al Vie iew' w's s Netw Networ ork k El Elem emen entt Bar Bar ar are e co comm mmon on to al alll type types s of ne netw twor ork k el elem emen ents ts,, othe others rs ap ap-pear only for particular types of network elements. Ri Righ ghtt-cl clic icki king ng a pane pane wi will ll pop pop up al alll the the menu menu item items s obta obtain inab able le for for this this pane pane (fau (fault lt,, conconfiguration, etc.). For details, see the Q3 Operating Manual (Q3 OMN) of the SURPASS hiT 7500-B.

79

A42022-L5961-D251-2-7618

 

Technical Description (TED)

Information SURPASS hiT 7500-B 3.13

9 Tra rans nsNe Nett net netw work ork p pla lann nnin ing g ttoo ooll This chapter describes the application and the GUI of the TransNet software tool. The order number of the network planning tool manual is listed in the SURPASS hiT 7500-B Documentation Guide. For detailed information on TransNet, please refer to the TransNet User Manual. TransNett is a sophis TransNe sophistic ticate ated d softwar software e simula simulatio tion n tool develo developed ped specifi specifical cally ly for designin designing g opti optica call DWDM DWDM netw networ orks ks wi with th SU SURP RPAS ASS S hi hiT T 7500 7500-B -B.. It ru runs ns on PC PCs s usin using g the the Wi Wind ndow ows s 2000 or Windows XP operating systems. The The Tran TransN sNet et GUI GUI mak makes it po poss ssib ible le to “d “dra raw” w” ne netw twor ork k stru struct ctur ures es on a ge geog ogra raph phic ical al map. ma p. It pr prov ovid ides es ea easy sy-t -to-u o-und nders erstan tand d user user guid guidan ance ce feat feature ures s that that take take user users s thro through ugh the step steps s of desi design gnin ing g a netw networ ork k and and assi assign gnin ing g equi equipm pmen entt to the the DW DWDM DM ro rout utes es.. It al also so pr proovi vide des s gu guid idan ance ce on how to pl plan an conn connec ecti tions ons,, pr prote otect ctio ion n group groups s and ag aggre grega gati tion ons. s. Tr Trans ans-Nett pe Ne perf rfor orms ms al alll th the e ca calc lcul ulat atio ions ns ne nece cess ssar ary y in the the pr proc oces ess. s. It offe offers rs pr pric icee-op opti timi mize zed d ro rout utes es fo forr sele select ctio ion. n. It al allo lows ws exis existi ting ng (S (Sie ieme mens ns and and nonnon-Si Siem emen ens) s) opti optica call netw networ orks ks to be ex exte tend nded ed and and chan changed ged.. In addit additio ion, n, Trans TransNe Nett supp support orts s the the gener generat atio ion n of ne netw twor ork k related reports and of DWDM route-specific reports. The TransNet main window is divided into five panes (see Fig. 9.1): • Tree view In the tree view, the user can see a list of all the sites, links, DWDM links, and protection groups organized in a tree structure. The actions that can be performed on the tree elements are offered for selection in a menu. • Network view Th The e netw networ ork k vi view ew can can be used used as a dr draw awin ing g pane pane for for crea creati ting ng the the netw networ ork k stru struct ctur ure. e. It displays a background map, sites and links. For each layer (part of network specia iall di diag agra ram m is used used.. Ea Each ch la laye yerr di diag agra ram m feat featur ures es planni pla nning, ng, see Chapte Chapterr 9.1) 9.1) a spec a layer-specific tool bar. • Data view For each link or site selected in the network view the data view window displays in info forma rmati tion on about about th the e deman demand d and ab abou outt the the ro route utes s cont contai aine ned d in the the sele select cted ed link link or

• •

which originate/terminate/pass through the selected site. Detailed data view The detailed data view shows the details of a site or a link selected in the network view or of a route selected in the data pane, e.g., details about ducts, fibers, etc. Physical DWDM route planning view This view shows the physical DWDM route planning. It is visible only during the physical DWDM route planning process.

A42022-L5961-D251-2-7618

80

 

Information SURPASS hiT 7500-B 3.13

Application icon

Title bar

Menu bar

Detailed data view

Fig. 9.1

Technical Description (TED)

Tool bar

Site buttons

Data view

Link button

Tree view

Network view

Layer field

Status bar

TransNet GUI main panes and icons

9.1

Design Designing ing and creati creating ng a SUR SURP PASS hiT 750 7500-B 0-B net netwo work rk structure Th The e phys physic ical al to topo polo logy gy of th the e netw networ ork k crea create ted d in Tr Tran ansN sNet et cons consis ists ts of the the foll follow owin ing g el eleements (as shown in Fig. 9.1):  – Sites (fiber switch sites [FSS], optical amplifier sites [OAS], optical switch switch sites [OSS])  – Ducts  – Fibers  – Optical multiplex sections (OMS)  – DWDM routes  – Connections (2.5 Gbit/s, 10 Gbit/s, 40 Gbit/s)  – Protection groups

81

A42022-L5961-D251-2-7618

 

Technical Description (TED)

Information SURPASS hiT 7500-B 3.13

Network planning takes place on different layers:  – Duct layer - creating sites and ducts between sites  – Fiber layer - placing fibers into ducts  – OMS layer - creating OMS sections from fibers  – Connection layer - creating connections Designing Design ing a networ network k include includes s creatin creating g protec protected ted connec connection tions, s, prot protect ection ion groups groups,, routing routing and traffic aggregation. There are two operation modes:  – Automatic mode (fast, some restrictions)  – Manual mode (slower, no restrictions) Having finished network planning, the user can  – Change the network structure (re-plan the network)  – Change physical parameters and perform the DWDM route planning again  – Extend the current network, add more sites, DWDM routes and traffic demands  – Create protected connections  – Create protection groups  – Create aggregations

9.2 9. 2

Assi As gnin ing g equi equipm pmen entt and andnetw pl plan anni ning ng DWD DWDM M rrou oute tes s forsign SURP SURPASS ASS hiT 7500-B networks orks In th the e cour course se of th the e phys physic ical al DWDM DWDM ro rout ute e pl plan anni ning ng pr proc oces ess, s, equi equipm pmen entt is assi assign gned ed to the selected DWDM route. The process consists of the following steps: • Entering DWDM project information data (e.g., data (e.g., project title and user name, descriptions) • Entering default analysis parameters and global parameters:  – Default parameters, such as: splice loss, reel length, connector loss, connectors per span, use maintenance, use margin per Kilometer, maintenance margin, margin per Kilometer, construction margin  – Global parameters, such as: preemphasis type, cost optimization via statistical design, version, enable compact OLI

• • •

Entering data for the main DWDM routes and for the back DWDM routes: The user user ha has s to pr prov ovid ide e in infformat ormatio ion n on the the ph phys ysic ical al char charac acte teris risti tics cs of the the fiber fibers, s, such such as distance, fiber type, fiber loss, dispersion, PMD etc. Configuring the end-of-life channels via the EOL the EOL channel manager: manager: The user can change the EOL channel count and view the channel assignment Specifying site types and restrictions: restrictions: The user can assign specific equipment type and specify site restrictions and additional site-specific parameters. Fig. 9.2 shows the route graphic display depicting concrete sites of the DWDM route.

A42022-L5961-D251-2-7618

82

 

Information SURPASS hiT 7500-B 3.13

Technical Description (TED)

Fig. 9.2

•

Route graphic display

Performing the analysis Performing  and selecting the solution: analysis and Se Seve vera rall analy analysi sis s pa para ramet meter ers s can can be adjus adjuste ted, d, e.g. e.g.,, bi bitt er erro rorr rat rate, e, ma maxi ximu mum m numb number er of spans without 3R, span loss padding, concatenation limit, terminal equipment, minimize pump equipment, place basic OLI, Raman pump, price calculation. TransNet analyzes whether the just created DWDM route is physically viable and compat com patibl ible e wit with h the chosen chosen paramet parameters ers.. After After the analysi analysis, s, sol soluti utions ons are presen presented. ted. If more than one solution is offered, the user can select the preferred one.

Fig. 9.3

Analysis solutions

83

A42022-L5961-D251-2-7618

 

Technical Description (TED)

Information SURPASS hiT 7500-B 3.13

10 Technical data This chapter lists technical data of SURPASS hiT 7500-B equipment.

10.1

Physical layers Maximum number of channels

40

Bit Bit rate rate / line line co codi ding ng of op opti tica call trib tribut utar ary y sigsig-

10 Gbit/s (NRZ)

nals Maximum bit error ratio

user configurable 10-12 to 10-16 ; typ. 10-13

Supported fiber types

SSMF, DSF, NZDSF± according to ITU-T G.652, G.653 and G.655 DMC (Dispersion Managed Cable) TrueWave Classic

Wavelength Grid

Tab. ab. 10.1 10.1

compliant to ITU-T G.692

Physical layers, general information

A mul multic tichan hannel nel refere reference nce poi point nt on the opt optica icall fib fiber er just after after the

Point MPI-SM

optical output connector of the NE transport interface. Maximu Max imum mm mean ean channe channell o outp utput ut pow power er Minimum mean channel output power

11. 11.0 0 dBm dBm (depen (dependin ding g on on chan channel nel cou count) nt)

 

−5.0 dBm (depending on channel count)

Maximu Max imum m mean mean total total out outputpowerof putpowerof eac each h

depend dep ends s on the type type of opt optical ical line amp amplif lifier ier used used (see (see Cha Chapte pterr

wavelength C band

10.3.2) 10.3.2)

Central frequency

compliant to ITU-T G.692

Channel spacing

100 GHz

Maximum central frequency deviation Minimum channel extinction ratio

Tab. ab. 10.2 10.2

 

± 10 GHz for 100 GHz channel spacing 10 dB

Physical layers, layers, interface at point MPI-SM

A mul multic tichan hannel nel refere reference nce poi point nt on the opt optica icall fib fiber er just after after the

Point MPI-SM

optical output connector of the NE transport interface. A mul multic tichan hannel nel refere reference nce poi point nt on the opt optica icall fib fiber er just after after the

Point MPI-RM

optical input connector of the NE transport interface. Maximum attenuation

40 dB using Raman pumps

Minimum attenuation

15 dB

Minimum optical return loss

for 1 span: −17 dB without Raman, −20 dB with Raman for 10 spans:  −25 dB without Raman, −26 dB with Raman for 30 spans:  −29.7 dB without Raman,  −30.7 dB with Raman

Maximum discrete reflectance

for 1 span: −20 dB without Raman, −23 dB with Raman for 10 spans:  −27 dB without Raman, −29 dB with Raman for 30 spans:  −31.7 dB without Raman,  −33.7 dB with Raman

Tab. ab. 10.3 10.3

Physical Layers, optical path (single span) from point MPI-SM to point MPI-RM

A42022-L5961-D251-2-7618

84

 

Information SURPASS hiT 7500-B 3.13

Technical Description (TED)

Maxim ximum dif diffferential g grroup de delay

Tab. ab. 10.3 10.3

40 ps ps fo for 1 dB O OSA SAR Rp pe enalty

Physical Layers, Layers, optical path (single span) from point MPI-SM to point MPI-RM (Cont.)

A mul multich tichann annel el refere reference nce poi point nt on the opt optical ical fib fiber er just after after the

Point MPI-RM

optical input connector of the NE transport interface. Maximum mean channel input power

 

−15 ICBM (depending on channel count)

Minimum mean channel input power

 

−26 dBm (depending on channel count)

Maximum mean total input power

+2.0 dBm

Maximum channel p po ower difference

12 dB

Maximum Maximu m op optical tical path pena penalty lty fo forr n spans 1.8 dB + √n x 0.5 dB

 

Maximum receiver reflectance

Tab. ab. 10.4 10.4

10.2

−27 dB

Physical Layers, interface at point MPI-RM

External iin nterfaces 10.4.. For card data, see Chapters 10.3 and 10.3 and 10.4

Connector

LC/PC

 

Mean channel output power

 

Mean channel input power

Tab. ab. 10.5 10.5

−26 dBm to −15 dBm

 

OSC output power range OSC input power range

−5 dBm to +11 dBm

−2.0 dBm to −5.0 dBm

 

−15 dBm to −50.0 dBm

Optical line interface specifications

Connector Input power

LC/PC adjustable between:

−8 dBm (± 4.5 dBm) to +2 dBm ( ± 4.5 dBm) Wavelength stabilization for 10 Gbit/s   ± 10 GHz for 100 GHz channel spacing Required extinction ratio Required receiver dynamic range

Tab. ab. 10.6 10.6

10 dB

 

−14 dBm to −2dBm

Optical tributary interface specifications

Connector

D-SUB 9

Compliant to

G.703

Frequency

2048 kHz ± 4.6 ppm

Tab. ab. 10.7 10.7

T3 clock interface specifications

85

A42022-L5961-D251-2-7618

 

Technical Description (TED)

Information SURPASS hiT 7500-B 3.13

75 Ω coaxial pair

Impedance

120 Ω symmetrical pair 0.75 to 1.5 V at 75 Ω

Peak voltage

1.0 to 1.9 V at 12 120 0 Ω

Tab. ab. 10.7 10.7

T3 clock interface specifications (Cont.)

Data channel

similar to ITU-T V.11

Number of available bidirectional

2

channels Connector

2 D-SUB 9-pin connectors

Bit rate

64 kbit/s

Input impedance

150 Ω ±  10% balanced

Maximum load resístance

150 Ω balanced

Output voltage (line a to b)

2 to 5 V (at Ri = 150  Ω)

Input voltage (line a to b)

0.3 to 6 V

Used overhead bytes

Fo, NU1, NU2

Tab. ab. 10.8 10.8

User data channel (sV.11) (sV.11) specifications

Realization

4-wire interface and handset

Transmission range

300 to 3400 Hz

Dialing: - method

DTMF

- transmit level - receive level

−14 to−9 dBm0 −30 to 0 dBm0

Modulation method

PCM, A-law / µ  -law

Bit rate

64 kbit/s

Input/output impedance - handset

600 / 150 Ω balanced

- 4-wire interface

600 / 600 Ω balanced

Input level (handset)

0 dB r

Output level (handset) Input level (4-wire interface) Output level (4-wire interface)

 

−14 dBr  

−4/  −  −16 dBr (set (settable table via SW)  

(settable table v via ia SW) −4/ +7 dBr (set

Connector

Western plug (handset) and D-SUB 9 pin (4-wire interface)

Used overhead bytes

Eo, Fo

Tab. ab. 10.9 10.9

Engineering order wire (EOW) specifications

Number Num ber of inputs inputs (mo (monit nitors ors)) ava availab ilable le

16

per subrack

Tab. ab. 10.1 10.10 0 Telemetry elemetry interf interface ace (TIF) (TIF) specifi specificati cations ons with with OSCTUI OSCTUI/OS /OSCTU CTUT T and SMU2 SMU2 (DWDM Equipment)

A42022-L5961-D251-2-7618

86

 

Information SURPASS hiT 7500-B 3.13

Input voltage range (DC)

Technical Description (TED)

0 V to 75 V (TIF1_INxx →TIF1_COM_IN2/4) (SELV) / central office battery supply (TNV-2)

Input Input v volt oltage age range range ffor or inac inactiv tive e st state ate

Ope Open n or 0V tto o3V

Inpu Inputt v vol olta tage ge rang range e for for ac acti tive ve st stat ate e

30 V to to 75 75 V

Maximum input current

3 mA

Number of outputs

4

Output voltage range

0 V to ± 75 V (SELV) / central office battery supply (TNV-2)

Maximum output current

200 m A

Connector

D-SUB 25 pin

elemetry ry interf interface ace (TI (TIF) F) specifi specificat cation ions s with with OSC OSCTUI TUI/OS /OSCTU CTUT T and SMU2 SMU2 Tab. ab. 10.1 10.10 0 Telemet (DWDM Equipment) (Cont.)

Number Num ber of inputs inputs (mo (monito nitors) rs) availab available le

2

per subrack Input voltage range (DC)

0 V to −75 V

Input Input vol voltag tage e rang range e for for inactiv inactive e stat state e

Ope Open n or or −10 V to  −75 V

Inpu Inputt volt voltag age e ra rang nge e fo forr a act ctive ive st stat ate e

Clo Close sed d to GND GND or 0 V tto o −3 V

Maximum input current

5 mA

Number of outputs

2

Output voltage range

0 V to ± 75 V

Maximum output current

200 m A

Connector

D-SUB 25 pin

Tab. ab. 10.1 10.11 1 Telemetry interface (TIF) (T IF) specifications with MCU (transponder equipment)

87

A42022-L5961-D251-2-7618

 

Technical Description (TED)

10.3

Information SURPASS hiT 7500-B 3.13

Traffic cards The following subchapters are grouped by the card functions. Fo Forr an al alph phabe abeti tica call card card lilist st (i (inc nclu ludi ding ng sele select ctiv ive e ref refer erenc ences es to the the below below subc subcha hapte pters rs), ), see Tab. 5.1.

10.3.1 10. 3.1

Opt Optica icall s supe upervi rvisor sory y cha channe nnell c card ards s (OS (OSCTU CTUI, I, OSC OSCTUT TUT)) Card dimensions

50 mm wide x 265 mm high x 235 mm deep (1.96 inch wide x 10.43 inch high x 9.25 inch deep)

Weight

1.6 kg (both)

Power consumption

see Tab. Tab. 10 10.6 .63 3

Front panel fiber connectors

2 LC/PC for OSCTUT cards 4 LC/PC for OSCTUI cards

Front panel LEDs

OK (green) and Fault (red)

External interfaces

2 V.11 for 64 kbit/s customer channels 2 4-wire voice (EOW) 16 housekeeping inputs and 4 outputs 2 x 44 -wire iin nterfaces (# ( #1 an a nd #2 # 2, 6 64 4k kb bit/s P PC CM wi w ith A l aw aw or o r µ law)

EOW implementation

with access via connector panel; 4-wire interface #1 can also be used for the DTMF handset; 4-wire interface #2 is used for an EOW connection to another NE at the same site. Laser class

class 1M

OSC capacity

2 Mbit/s

OSC wavelength

1625 ± 8 nm

Tx output power range

0.0 dBm to −3.0 dBm (typical: −1.0 dBm)

Rx input power range

 

−15 dBm to −50 dBm

EOL span loss range

15.0 dB to 40.0 dB at 1550 nm (47 dB at 1625 nm)

Line coding

CMI

Tab. ab. 10.1 10.12 2 OSCTUI and OSCTUT specifications

10.3 10 .3.2 .2

Op Opti tica call llin ine e am ampl plif ifie ierr ca card rds s (OLIMT (OL IMTPNC PNC,, OLI OLISTP STPNC, NC, OLI OLIVTP VTPNC, NC, OLI OLIMTB MTBNC, NC, OLI OLISTB STBNC, NC, OLI OLIVTVTBNC, OLIMINC, OLISINC, OLIVINC) Overall dimensions

75 mm wide x 265 mm high x 235 mm deep (2.95 inch wide x 10.43 inch high x 9.25 inch deep)

Weight

4.0 kg (3.8 kg for basic card versions, see Tab Tab. 5.1 .1))

Electrical power consumption

Tab. b. 10 10.6 .63 3 see Ta

Tab. ab. 10.1 10.13 3 Common specifications for all optical line amplifier cards

A42022-L5961-D251-2-7618

88

 

Information SURPASS hiT 7500-B 3.13

Type of ffront ront panel fibre conne connectors ctors

Technical Description (TED)

- pigtails pigtails with E2000 E2000/HRL /HRL for connec connection tion of pump pump cards; - LC/PC for optical signal monitoring, for line-in and line-out fiber connections and for the OSC

Front panel LEDs

OK (green) and Fault (red)

Maximum output power

17 to 24 dBm per C band (depends on OLI type)

Laser class

Class 1M with APSD

Automatic power shut-down (APSD)

−21.7 to -28.0 dB (depends on OLI type)

level Maximum return loss at LC connec-

30 dB for booster input

tors

35 dB for line input and output

Pump leakage

12 dB @ −1 dBm output power

Beginning-of-life receive OSNR, S-

10 10.5dB .5dB (0.1nm) (0.1nm) @ 10-13 BER withou withoutt opt optical ical pat path h pen penalt alties ies (back (back

FEC enabled

to back measurement).

End-of End -of-Lif -Life e receive receive OSNR, OSNR, S-F S-FEC EC en- 11 11.5dB .5dB (0.1nm) (0.1nm) @ 10-13 BER withou withoutt opt optical ical pat path h pen penalt alties ies (back (back abled

to back measurement).

End-of-life input power

Allowable input power range is −14 dBm to  −2 dBm.

Automatic laser shutdown (ALS) trig-

LOS or LOF detected at Line In port.

gered by Laser class

class 1M

Tab. ab. 10.2 10.29 9 OCR10T OCR10T-V3, -V3, line interface specifications

A42022-L5961-D251-2-7618

94

 

Information SURPASS hiT 7500-B 3.13

10.3.14.2

Technical Description (TED)

OCR10T-V5 Card dimensions

27.0 mm wide x 565 mm high x 235 mm deep (1.06 inch wide x 22.24 inch high x 9.25 inch deep)

Weight

2 .3 k g

Power consumption

10.6 .63 3 see Tab. Tab. 10

Front panel fiber connectors

LC/LC, F2000

Front panel LEDs

OK (green) and Fault (red)

Tab. ab. 10.3 10.30 0 OCR10T OCR10T-V5, -V5, general specifications

Interface 2 km short reach

I-64.1

Interface 40 km wideband

S-64.2b

Interface 80 km

P1L1-2D2

Line bit rates

11.00320 Gbit/s; in 10 GE LAN mode or OTU_LAN mode: 11.35241 Gbit/s; 10G LAN PHY standard: 10.3125 Gbit/s

Allowab Allo wable le input input pow power er at Clie Client nt In (end (end of life)

 

Client out launch power

dBm to 1 dBm (I-64.1) −−11 14 dBm to −  −1 dBm (S-64.2b)

−6 dBm to −1 dBm (I-64.1) −1 dBm to 2 dBm (S-64.2b)

Client out signal

1310 nm wavelength (I-64.1) 1550 nm (S-64.2b)

Jitter performance

according to ITU-T G.8251

Span attenuation

0 dB to 4 dB (I-64.1) 3 dB to 11 dB (S-64.2b)

Extinction ratio

> 12 dB at rated output power

OCR10T-V5, -V5, client interface specifications Tab. ab. 10.3 10.31 1 OCR10T

Interface type Bit rates

Long haul DWDM interface with S-FEC 11.00320 Gbit/s, 11.3524 Gbit/s

Tr Tran ansm smit it wave wavele leng ngth ths s ava availa ilabl ble e

Tu Tuna nable ble la lase ser, r, 50 GHz GHz ITU ITU-T -T grid grid spa spacin cing g in in C ba band nd.. 80 channels 191.7 THz to 196.1 THz (1563.86 nm to 1528.77 nm)

Data format Wavelength stability

NRZ

 

± 2.5 GHz (approximately ± 20 ppm) User-selectable −11 to −1 dBm

End-of-life transmit power Transmit power stability Transmit power accuracy

 

± 0.5 dB  

± 1.0 dB (over all channels of the tunable laser)

Jitter performance

according to ITU-T G.8251

Extinction ratio

> 12 dB @ rated output power

End-of-life input power

Allowable input power range is −14 dBm to −2 dBm.

OCR10T-V5 -V5 line interface specifications Tab. ab. 10.3 10.32 2 OCR10T

95

A42022-L5961-D251-2-7618

 

Technical Description (TED)

Information SURPASS hiT 7500-B 3.13

back-to bac k-to-ba -back ck D Dispe ispersio rsion n to tolera lerance nce

-1500 -1500 ps/ ps/nm nm ... +15 +1500 00 ps/ ps/nm nm for 2 dB dB OS OSNR NR p pena enalty lty

backk-tto-ba -back DG DGD tto olerance

50 ps to total D DGD GD for 2 dB O OS SNR penalt lty y

Automatic laser shutdown (ALS) trig-

LOS or LOF detected at Line In port or client port.

gered by Laser class

class 1M

Tab. ab. 10.3 10.32 2 OCR10T OCR10T-V5 -V5 line interface specifications (Cont.)

10.3 10 .3.1 .14. 4.3 3

OC OCR1 R10T 0T-L -LH2 H2 an and d OCR OCR10 10TT-Re Regi gio2 o2 Card dimensions

27.0 mm wide x 565 mm high x 235 mm deep (1.06 inch wide x 22.24 inch high x 9.25 inch deep)

Weight

2.3 kg (OCR10T-LH2) 2.18 kg (OCR10T-Regio2)

Power consumption

10.6 .63 3 see Tab. Tab. 10

Front panel fiber connectors

LC/LC, F2000

Front Panel LEDs

OK (green) and Fault (red)

Tab. ab. 10.3 10.33 3 OCR10T-LH2 and OCR10T-Regio2, general specifications

Interface 2 km short reach

I-64.1

Interface 40 km wideband

S-64.2b

Bit rate

Standard SONET OC-192 / SDH STM-64 (9.95328 Gbit/s)

Allowab Allo wable le input input pow power er at Clie Client nt In (end (end

−11 dBm to −1 dBm (I-64.1) −14 dBm to −1 dBm (S-64.2b)

of life) Client out launch power

 

−6 dBm to  −1 dBm (I-64.1) −1 dBm to 2 dBm (S-64.2b)

Jitter performance

according to ITU-T G.8251

Span attenuation

0 dB to 4 dB (I-64.1)

Extinction ratio

3 dB to 11 dB (S-64.2b) minimum 6 dB (I-64.1) minimum 8.2 dB (S-64.2b)

Tab. ab. 10.3 10.34 4 OCR10T-LH2 and OCR10T-Regio2, client interface specifications

Interface type

Medium-reach DWDM interface with S-FEC (meets distance variant per ITU-T G.692)

Bit rate

10.709225316 Gbit/s

Tr Tran ansm smit it wave wavele leng ngth ths s ava availa ilable ble

Tu Tuna nabl ble e las laser er,, 5 50 0G GHz Hz IT ITUU-T Tg grid rid sp spac acin ing g in in C ba band nd.. 80 channels 191.7 THz to 196.1 THz (1563.86 nm to 1528.77 nm)

Data format

NRZ

OCR10T-LH2, -LH2, line interface specifications Tab. ab. 10.3 10.35 5 OCR10T

A42022-L5961-D251-2-7618

96

 

Information SURPASS hiT 7500-B 3.13

Wavelength stability

Technical Description (TED)

 

± 2.5 GHz (approximately ± 20 ppm) User-selectable −11 to −1 dBm

End-of-life transmit power

 

Transmit power stability

± 0.5 dB  

Transmit power accuracy

± 1.0 dB (over all channels of the tunable laser)

Jitter performance Extinction ratio

according to ITU-T G.8251 > 12 dB at rated output power (without filter)

Beginning-of-life receive OSNR, S-

12 dB (0.1 nm) @ 10 -13 BER without optical path penalties (back

FEC enabled

to back measurement).

End-of-life receive OSNR, S-FEC en-

13 dB (0.1 nm) @ 10 -13 BER without optical path penalties (back

abled

to back measurement).

End-of-life input power

Allowable input power range is −14 dBm to −2 dBm.

back-t bac k-to-b o-back ack Disp Dispers ersion ion tolera tolerance nce

-800 -800 ps/n ps/nm m .... .. +800 +800 ps/ ps/nm nm for 2 dB dB OS OSNR NR p pena enalty lty

back ck--to-back DGD tto oler lerance

35 ps ps to total D DG GD fo for 2 dB O OS SNR p pe enalty

Automatic laser shutdown (ALS) trig-

LOS or LOF detected at Line In port.

gered by Laser class

class 1M

Tab. ab. 10.3 10.35 5 OCR10T OCR10T-LH2, -LH2, line interface specifications (Cont.) Interface type

Medium-reach DWDM interface with S-FEC (meets distance variant per ITU-T G.709)

Bit rate

10.709 Gbit/s

Tr Tran ansm smit it wave wavele leng ngth ths s ava availa ilabl ble e

Fixed Fixed laser laser,, 1 100 00 GHz GHz IITU TU-T -T grid grid sp spac acing ing in C ban band. d. 40 channels 191.7 THz to 196.1 THz (1563.86 nm to 1528.77 nm)

Data format Wavelength stability Transmit power stability Transmit power accuracy

NRZ

 

± 20 GHz (approximately ± 160 ppm)  

± 0.5 dB  

± 1.0 dB (over all channels)

Jitter performance Extinction ratio

according to ITU-T G.8251 > 8.2 at rated output power (without filter)

Beginning-of-life receive OSNR, S-

12.5 dB (0.1 nm) for BER = 10 -13 without margin for tempera-

FEC enabled

ture/ageing dispersion /PMD/PDL

End-of-life receive OSNR, S-FEC en-

13 dB (0.1 nm) @ 10 -13 BER without optical path penalties (back

abled

to back measurement).

End-of-life input power

Allowable input power range is −14 dBm to −2 dBm.

Automatic laser shutdown (ALS) trig-

LOS or LOF detected at Line In port

gered by Laser class

class 1M

OCR10T-Regio2, -Regio2, line interface specifications Tab. ab. 10.3 10.36 6 OCR10T

97

A42022-L5961-D251-2-7618

 

Technical Description (TED)

10.3.14.4

Information SURPASS hiT 7500-B 3.13

TEX V3 Card dimensions

54.0 mm wide x 565 mm high x 235 mm deep (2.12 inch wide x 22.24 inch high x 9.25 inch deep

Weight

4.62 kg

Power consumption

see Tab. Tab. 10 10.6 .63 3

Front panel fiber connectors

LC/LC, F2000

Front Panel LEDs

OK (green) and Fault (red)

Tab. ab. 10.3 10.37 7 TEX V3, general specifications

Interface 2 km short reach

I-16

Interface 15 km short reach

S-16.1

Bit rate

ITU-T G.709 (2.488 Gbit/s)

Allowab Allo wable le input input pow power er at Clie Client nt In (end (end

−18,5 dBm to −3 dBm (I-16) −18,5 dBm to 0 dBm (S-16.1)

of life)

 

Client out launch power

−10 dBm to −3 dBm (I-16)

Jitter performance

−5 dBm to 0 dBm (S-16.1) according to ITU-T G.8251

Span attenuation

0 dB to 7 dB (I-16) 0 dB to 12 dB (S-16.1)

Extinction ratio

minimum 8.2 dB

Tab. ab. 10.3 10.38 8 TEX V3, client interface specifications

Interface type

Long-reach DWDM interface with S-FEC (meets distance variant per ITU-T G.692)

Bit rate

12.494096 Gbit/s

Tr Tran ansm smit it wave wavele leng ngth ths s ava availa ilable ble

Tu Tuna nabl ble e las laser er,, 5 50 0G GHz Hz IT ITUU-T Tg grid rid sp spac acin ing g in in C ba band nd.. 80 channels 191.70 THz to 196.10 THz (1563.86 nm to 1528.77 nm)

Data format Wavelength stability

NRZ

 

± 2.5 GHz (approximately  ± 20 ppm) User-selectable −11 to −1 dBm

End-of-life transmit power Transmit power stability Transmit power accuracy

 

± 0.5 dB  

± 1.0 dB (over all channels of the tunable laser)

Jitter performance

according to ITU-T G.8251

Extinction ratio

> 12 dB @ −1 dBm output power

Beginning-of-life receive OSNR, S-

10 10.5dB .5dB (0.1nm) (0.1nm) @ 10-13 BER withou withoutt opt optica icall pat path h penalt penalties ies (back (back

FEC enabled

to back measurement).

End-of-life receive OSNR, S-FEC en-

11 11.5dB .5dB (0.1nm) (0.1nm) @ 10-13 BER withou withoutt opt optica icall pat path h penalt penalties ies (back (back

abled

to back measurement).

End-of-life input power

Allowable input power range is −14 dBm to 0 dBm

Tab. ab. 10.3 10.39 9 TEX V3, line interface specifications

A42022-L5961-D251-2-7618

98

 

Information SURPASS hiT 7500-B 3.13

Technical Description (TED)

Automatic laser shutdown (ALS) trig-

LOS or LOF detected at Line In port.

gered by

(ALS can be enabled/disabled by the user)

Laser class

class 1M

Tab. ab. 10.3 10.39 9 TEX V3, line interface specifications (Cont.)

10.3.14.5

TEX V5 Card dimensions

54.0 mm wide x 565 mm high x 235 mm deep (2.12 inch wide x 22.24 inch high x 9.25 inch deep

Weight

2.12 kg

Power consumption

10.6 .63 3 see Tab. Tab. 10

Front panel fiber connectors

LC/LC, F2000

Front Panel LEDs

OK (green) and Fault (red)

Tab. ab. 10.4 10.40 0 TEX V5, general specifications

Interface 2 km short reach Interface 15 km short reach

I-16 S-16.1

Interface 40km

L-16.1

Interface 80 km

L-16.2

Bit rate

ITU-T G.709 (2.488 Gbit/s)

Allowab Allo wable le input input pow power er at Clie Client nt In (end (end

min. −18 dBm for STM and  −17 dBm for OTU signals

of life)

 

Client out launch power

−10 to −3 dBm (I-16) −5 to 0 dBm (S-16.1)

Jitter performance

according to ITU-T G.8251

Span attenuation

0 to 7 dB (I-16) 0 to 12 dB (S-16.1)

Extinction ratio

> 12 dB at rated output power

Tab. ab. 10.4 10.41 1 TEX V5, client interface specifications (with SFP modules)

Interface type

Long haul DWDM interface with S-FEC

Bit rates

11.00320 Gbit/s

Tr Tran ansm smit it wave wavele leng ngth ths s ava availa ilabl ble e

Tu Tuna nable ble la lase ser, r, 50 GHz GHz ITU ITU-T -T grid grid spa spacin cing g in in C ba band nd.. 80 channels 191.7 THz to 196.1 THz (1563.86 nm to 1528.77 nm)

Data format Wavelength stability

NRZ

 

± 2.5 GHz (approximately ± 20 ppm) User-selectable −11 to −1 dBm

End-of-life transmit power Transmit power stability

 

± 0.5 dB

Tab. ab. 10.4 10.42 2 TEX V5 line interface specifications

99

A42022-L5961-D251-2-7618

 

Technical Description (TED)

Information SURPASS hiT 7500-B 3.13

 

Transmit power accuracy

± 1.0 dB (over all channels of the tunable laser)

Jitter performance

according to ITU-T G.8251

Extinction ratio

> 12 dB @ rated output power

Beginning-of-life receive OSNR, S-

for OTU/SDH client (11.0032 Gbit/s):10.6 dB (0.1 nm)

FEC enabled

@ BER 10-13; for 10 GE LAN (11.3524 Gbit/s):10.8 dB (0.1 nm) @ BER 10 -13

End-of-life input power

Allowable input power range is −14 dBm to  −2 dBm.

back-to bac k-to-ba -back ck D Dispe ispersio rsion n to tolera lerance nce

-1500 -1500 ps/ ps/nm nm ... +15 +1500 00 ps/ ps/nm nm for 2 dB dB OS OSNR NR p pena enalty lty

backk-tto-ba -back DG DGD tto olerance

50 ps to total D DGD GD for 2 dB O OS SNR penalt lty y

Automatic laser shutdown (ALS) trig-

LOS or LOF detected at Line In port.

gered by Laser class

class 1M

Tab. ab. 10.4 10.42 2 TEX V5 line interface specifications (Cont.)

10.3 10 .3.1 .14 4.6

TE TEX XL LH2 H2 an and d TEX TEX Reg egio io2 2 Card dimensions

27.0 mm wide x 565 mm high x 235 mm deep (1.06 inch wide x 22.24 inch high x 9.25 inch deep)

Weight

2.1 kg (TEX LH2) 1.92 kg (TEX Regio2)

Power consumption

10.6 .63 3 see Tab. Tab. 10

Front panel fiber connectors

LC/LC, F2000

Front Panel LEDs

OK (green) and Fault (red)

Tab. ab. 10.4 10.43 3 TEX LH2 and TEX Regio2, general specifications

Interface 2 km short reach

I-16

Interface 15 km short reach

S-16.1

Bit rate

ITU-T G.709 (2.488 or 2.666 Gbit/s)

Allowab Allo wable le input input pow power er at Clie Client nt In (end (end

−18,5 dBm to −3 dBm (I-16) −18,5 dBm to 0 dBm (S-16.1)

of life) Client out launch power

 

−10 dBm to −3 dBm (I-16) −5 dBm to 0 dBm (S-16.1)

Jitter performance

according to ITU-T standard G.8251

Span attenuation

0 dB to 7 dB (I-16) 0 dB to 12 dB (S-16.1)

Extinction ratio

minimum 8.2 dB

Tab. ab. 10.4 10.44 4 TEX LH2 and TEX Regio2, client interface specifications (SFP modules used for LH2 and Regio2)

A42022-L5961-D251-2-7618

100

 

Information SURPASS hiT 7500-B 3.13

Technical Description (TED)

Interface type

Long-reach DWDM interface with S-FEC (meets distance variant per ITU-T G.709)

Bit rate

10.709 Gbit/s

Tr Tran ansm smit it wave wavele leng ngth ths s ava availa ilabl ble e

Fixed Fixed laser laser,, 5 50 0 GHz GHz IT ITUU-T Tg grid rid sp spac acin ing g in C ba band nd.. 40 channels 191.7 THz to 196.1 THz (1563.86 nm to 1528.77 nm)

Data format Wavelength stability

NRZ

 

± 2.5 GHz (approximately ± 20 ppm)  

Transmit power stability

± 0.5 dB  

Transmit power accuracy

± 1.0 dB (over all channels)

Jitter performance

according to ITU-T G.8251

Extinction ratio

> 12 dB at rated output power (without filter)

Beginning-of-life receive OSNR, S-

12 dB (0.1 nm) @ 10 -13 BER without optical path penalties (back

FEC enabled

to back measurement).

End-of-life receive OSNR, S-FEC en-

13 dB (0.1 nm) @ 10 -13 BER without optical path penalties (back

abled

to back measurement).

End-of-life input power

Allowable input power range is −14 dBm to −2 dBm.

back-t bac k-to-b o-back ack Disp Dispers ersion ion tolera tolerance nce

-800 -800 ps/n ps/nm m .... .. +800 +800 ps/ ps/nm nm for 2 dB dB OS OSNR NR p pena enalty lty

back ck--to-back DGD tto oler lerance

35 ps ps to total D DG GD fo for 2 dB O OS SNR p pe enalty

Automatic laser shutdown (ALS) trig-

LOS or LOF detected at Line In port.

gered by Laser class

class 1M

Tab. ab. 10.4 10.45 5 TEX LH2, line interface specifications

Interface type

Medium-reach DWDM interface with S-FEC (meets distance variant per ITU-T G.709)

Bit rate

10.709 Gbit/s

Tr Tran ansm smit it wave wavele leng ngth ths s ava availa ilabl ble e

Fixed Fixed laser laser,, 1 100 00 GHz GHz IITU TU-T -T grid grid sp spac acing ing in C ban band. d. 40 channels 191.7 THz to 196.1 THz (1563.86 nm to 1528.77 nm)

Data format Wavelength stability Transmit power stability Transmit power accuracy

NRZ

 

± 20 GHz (approximately ± 160 ppm)  

± 0.5 dB  

± 1.0 dB (over all channels)

Jitter performance

according to ITU-T G.8251

Extinction ratio

> 8.2 at rated output power (without filter)

Beginning-of-life receive OSNR, S-

12.5 dB (0.1 nm) for BER = 10 -13 without margin for tempera-

FEC enabled

ture/ageing dispersion /PMD/PDL

End-of-life receive OSNR, S-FEC en-

13 dB (0.1 nm) @ 10 -13 BER without optical path penalties (back

abled

to back measurement).

Tab. ab. 10.4 10.46 6 TEX Regio2, line interface specifications

101

A42022-L5961-D251-2-7618

 

Technical Description (TED)

Information SURPASS hiT 7500-B 3.13

End-of-life input power

Allowable input power range is −14 dBm to  −2 dBm.

Automatic laser shutdown (ALS) trig-

LOS or LOF detected at Line In port.

gered by Laser class

class 1M

Tab. ab. 10.4 10.46 6 TEX Regio2, line interface specifications (Cont.)

10.3.15 10.3.15.1

Regenerator ca card rds s OCR10R-V3 Card dimensions

27.0 mm wide x 565 mm high x 235 mm deep (1.06 inch wide x 22.24 inch high x 9.25 inch deep)

Weight

2.7 kg

Power consumption

Tab. b. 10 10.6 .63 3 see Ta

Front panel fiber connectors

LC/LC, F2000

Front panel LEDs

OK (green) and Fault (red)

Tab. ab. 10.4 10.47 7 OCR10R-V3, general specifications

Interface type

Long-reach DWDM interface with S-FEC (meets distance variant per ITU-T G.692)

Bit rate

12.494096 Gbit/s

Tr Tran ansm smit it wave wavele leng ngth ths s ava availa ilable ble

Tu Tuna nabl ble e las laser er,, 5 50 0G GHz Hz IT ITUU-T Tg grid rid sp spac acin ing g in in C ba band nd.. 80 channels 191.7 THz to 196.1 THz (1563.86 nm to 1528.77 nm)

Data format Wavelength stability

NRZ

 

± 2.5 GHz (approximately  ± 20 ppm) User-selectable −11 to −1 dBm

End-of-life transmit power Transmit power stability Transmit power accuracy

 

± 0.5 dB  

± 1.0 dB (over all channels of the tunable laser)

Extinction ratio

> 12 dB @ -1 dBm output power

Beginning-of-life receive OSNR, S-

10 10.5dB .5dB (0.1nm) (0.1nm) @ 10-13 BER withou withoutt opt optica icall pat path h penalt penalties ies (back (back

FEC enabled

to back measurement).

End-of-life receive OSNR, S-FEC en-

11 11.5dB .5dB (0.1nm) (0.1nm) @ 10-13 BER withou withoutt opt optica icall pat path h penalt penalties ies (back (back

abled

to back measurement).

End-of-life input power

Allowable input power range is −14 dBm to  −2 dBm.

Automa Automatic tic Laser Laser Shu Shutdo tdown wn (AL (ALS) S) trigtrig- LOS or LOF condition at Line In port. Laser on the OCR10R-V3 gered by

card serving the opposite transmission direction will be shut off.

Laser class

class 1M

Tab. ab. 10.4 10.48 8 OCR10R-V3, line interface specifications

A42022-L5961-D251-2-7618

102

 

Information SURPASS hiT 7500-B 3.13

10.3.15.2

Technical Description (TED)

OCR10R-V5 Card dimensions

27.0 mm wide x 565 mm high x 235 mm deep (1.06 inch wide x 22.24 inch high x 9.25 inch deep)

Weight

2.12 kg

Power consumption

10.6 .63 3 see Tab. Tab. 10

Front panel fiber connectors

LC/LC, F2000

Front panel LEDs

OK (green) and Fault (red)

Tab. ab. 10.4 10.49 9 OCR10R-V5, general specifications

Interface type

Long haul DWDM interface with S-FEC

Bit rates

11.00320 Gbit/s, 11.3524 Gbit/s

Tr Tran ansm smit it wave wavele leng ngth ths s ava availa ilabl ble e

Tu Tuna nable ble la lase ser, r, 50 GHz GHz ITU ITU-T -T grid grid spa spacin cing g in in C ba band nd.. 80 channels 191.7 THz to 196.1 THz (1563.86 nm to 1528.77 nm)

Data format Wavelength stability End-of-life transmit power Transmit power stability Transmit power accuracy

NRZ

± 2.5 GHz (approximately ± 20 ppm) User-selectable −11 to −1 dBm

   

± 0.5 dB  

± 1.0 dB (over all channels of the tunable laser)

Jitter performance

according to ITU-T G.8251

Extinction ratio

> 12 dB @ rated output power

Beginning-of-life receive OSNR, S-

Client. 10.5 dB @ 10 -13 BER

FEC enabled

10 GE LAN: 11,2 dB to 10,7 dB @ 10 -13 BER

End-of-life input power

Allowable input power range is −14 dBm to −2 dBm.

back-t bac k-to-b o-back ack Disp Dispers ersion ion tolera tolerance nce

-1500 -1500 ps/ ps/nm nm ... +15 +1500 00 p ps/n s/nm m fo forr 2 dB O OSNR SNR pen penalt alty y

back ck--to-back DGD tto oler lerance

50 ps ps to total D DG GD fo for 2 dB O OS SNR p pe enalty

Automatic laser shutdown (ALS) trig-

LOS or LOF detected at Line In port.

gered by Laser class

class 1M

Tab. ab. 10.5 10.50 0 OCR10R-V5 line interface specifications

10.3 10 .3.1 .15. 5.3 3

OC OCR1 R10R 0R-L -LH2 H2 an and d OCR OCR10 10RR-Re Regi gio2 o2 Card dimensions

27.0 mm wide x 565 mm high x 235 mm deep (1.06 inch wide x 22.24 inch high x 9.25 inch deep)

Weight

2.2 kg (OCR10R-LH2) 1.96 kg (OCR10R-Regio2)

Power consumption

see Tab. Tab. 10 10.6 .63 3

Front panel fiber connectors

LC/LC, F2000

Tab. ab. 10.5 10.51 1 OCR10R-LH2 and OCR10R-Regio2, general specifications

103

A42022-L5961-D251-2-7618

 

Technical Description (TED)

Information SURPASS hiT 7500-B 3.13

Front Panel LEDs

OK (green) and Fault (red)

Tab. ab. 10.5 10.51 1 OCR10R-LH2 and OCR10R-Regio2, general specifications (Cont.)

Interface type

Medium-reach DWDM interface with S-FEC (meets distance variant per ITU-T G.692)

Bit rate

10.709225316 Gbit/s

Tr Tran ansm smit it wave wavele leng ngth ths s ava availa ilable ble

Tu Tuna nabl ble e las laser er,, 5 50 0G GHz Hz IT ITUU-T Tg grid rid sp spac acin ing g in in C ba band nd.. 40 channels 191.7 THz to 196.1 THz (1563.86 nm to 1528.77 nm)

Data format Wavelength stability

NRZ

 

± 2.5 GHz (approximately  ± 20 ppm) User-selectable −11 to −1 dBm

End-of-life transmit power

 

Transmit power stability

± 0.5 dB  

Transmit power accuracy

± 1.0 dB (over all channels of the tunable laser)

Jitter performance

according to ITU-T G.8251

Extinction ratio

> 12 dB at rated output power (without filter)

Beginning-of-life receive OSNR, S-

12 dB (0.1 nm) @ 10 -13 BER without optical path penalties (back

FEC enabled

to back measurement).

End-of-life receive OSNR, S-FEC en-

13 dB (0.1 nm) @ 10 -13 BER without optical path penalties (back

abled

to back measurement).

End-of-life input power

Allowable input power range is −14 dBm to  −2 dBm.

back-to bac k-to-ba -back ck D Dispe ispersio rsion n to tolera lerance nce

-800 -800 ps/n ps/nm m .... .. +800 +800 ps/ ps/nm nm for 2 dB dB OS OSNR NR pen penalt alty y

backk-tto-ba -back DG DGD tto olerance

35 ps to total D DGD GD for 2 dB O OS SNR penalt lty y

Automatic laser shutdown (ALS) trig-

LOS or LOF detected at Line In port.

gered by Laser class

class 1M

Tab. ab. 10.5 10.52 2 OCR10R-LH2, line interface specifications

Interface type

Medium-reach DW D WDM in i nterface wi w ith SS -FEC. (m ( meets d diistance v va ariant per ITU-T G.709)

Bit rate

10.709 Gbit/s

Tr Tran ansm smit it wave wavele leng ngth ths s ava availa ilable ble

Fixe Fixed d lase laser, r, 10 100 0G GHz Hz IT ITUU-T Tg gri rid d spa spacin cing g in in C ba band nd.. 40 channels 191.7 THz to 196.1 THz (1563.86 nm to 1528.77 nm)

Data format Wavelength stability Transmit power stability Transmit power accuracy

NRZ

 

± 2.5 GHz (approximately  ± 160 ppm)  

± 0.5 dB  

± 1.0 dB (over all channels)

Jitter performance

according to ITU-T G.8251

Extinction ratio

> 8.2 at rated output power (without filter)

Tab. ab. 10.5 10.53 3 OCR10R-Regio2, line interface specifications

A42022-L5961-D251-2-7618

104

 

Information SURPASS hiT 7500-B 3.13

Technical Description (TED)

Beginning-of-life receive OSNR, S-

12.5 dB (0.1 nm) for BER = 10 -13 without margin for tempera-

FEC enabled

ture/ageing dispersion /PMD/PDL

End-of-life receive OSNR, S-FEC en-

13 dB (0.1 nm) @ 10 -13 BER without optical path penalties (back

abled

to back measurement).

End-of-life input power

Allowable input power range is −14 dBm to −2 dBm.

Automatic laser shutdown (ALS) trig-

LOS or LOF detected at Line In port.

gered by Laser class

class 1M

Tab. ab. 10.5 10.53 3 OCR10R-Regio2, line interface specifications (Cont.)

10.3 10 .3.1 .16 6

Op Optic tical al C Cha hann nnel el P Pro rote tect ctio ion nc car ard d (O (OCP CP-V -V2) 2) OCP-V2 card dimensions

62.5 mm wide x 265 mm high x 235 mm deep (2.46 inch wide x 10.43 inch high x 9.25 inch deep)

Card weight

0.6 kg (1.32 lb)

Power consumption

see Tab. Tab. 10 10.6 .63 3

Front panel fiber connectors

6 x SC/Super PC

Wavelength ranges

1290 nm to 1330 nm and 1520 nm to 1570 nm

Switching time

< 60 msec total (10 msec detection + 50 msec actual switching time).

Front panel LEDs

OK (green) and Fault (red)

Maxim Maximum um allo allowa wable ble inpu inputt p pow ower ers s

At "Cl "Clie ient nt In In"" c con onne nect ctor or:1 :10 0 dB dBm m At "In 1" connector: 10 dBm At "In 2" connector: 10 dBm

Input reflection attenuation

40 dB at all ports

Insertion Loss

"Client In" to "Out 1": 4.5 dB maximum "Client In" to "Out 2": 4.5 dB maximum "In 1" to "Client Out": 3.0 dB maximum "In 2" to "Client Out": 3.0 dB maximum

Polariza Pola rizatio tion n Depen Dependen dentt Lo Loss ss ((PDL PDL))

"Client "Client In" to ""Out Out 1": 0.1 dB m maxi aximum mum "Client In" to "Out 2": 0.1 dB maximum "In 1" to "Client Out": 0.1 dB maximum "In 2" to "Client Out": 0.1 dB maximum

Tab. ab. 10.5 10.54 4 OCP-V2 specifications

105

A42022-L5961-D251-2-7618

 

Technical Description (TED)

10..4 10

Information SURPASS hiT 7500-B 3.13

Su Supe perv rvis isiion an and d cont contrrol Fo Forr an al alph phabe abeti tica call card card lilist st (i (inc nclu ludi ding ng sele select ctiv ive e ref refer erenc ences es to the the below below subc subcha hapte pters rs), ), see Tab. 5.1.

10.4 10 .4.1 .1

Ma Main in Con ontr trol ol Unit Unit (M (MC CU) Card dimensions

25 mm wide x 265 mm high x 235 mm deep (0.98 inch wide x 10.43 inch high x 9.25 inch deep)

Weight

2.0 kg

Power consumption

see Tab. Tab. 10 10.6 .63 3

Front panel LEDs

OK (green) and Fault (red)

OSS in interfaces

Q3 ov over TC TCP/ IP IP (R (RFC1006) / 7 7--layer OS OSI s sttack / Q Q--F st stack / @C @ CT of TL1-GNE

Office al alarm o ou utputs

Major a au udible/visual a an nd M Miinor a au udible/visual F Fo orm C relays. Power fail form B relay. All relays are 100 mA maximum.

Tab. ab. 10.5 10.55 5 Technical data of the MCU card

10.4 10 .4.2 .2

Ma Mana nage geme ment nt in info form rmat atio ion n bas base e (MI (MIBS BS32 32-2 -2,, MIBS MIBS25 256) 6) Dimensions

7.5 mm wide x 50 mm high x 235 mm deep (0.30 inch wide x 1.97 inch high x 9.25 inch deep)

Weight FEPROM storage capacity

0.05 kg MIBS32-2: 32 MByte MIBS256: 32 + 192 MByte

Number of MAC addresses

MIBS32-2 and MIBS256: 2

Power consumption

10.6 .63 3 see Tab. Tab. 10

Tab. ab. 10.5 10.56 6 Technical data of the MIBS32-2 and MIBS256 modules

10.4.3

SAB module Card dimensions

7.5 mm wide x 90 mm high x 235 mm deep (0.30 inch wide x 3.94 inch high x 9.25 inch deep)

Weight

SAB: 0.03 kg

Power consumption SAB

see Tab. Tab. 10 10.6 .63 3

Tab. ab. 10.5 10.57 7 Technical data of the SAB

10.4 10 .4.4 .4

Su Subr brac ack km man anag agem emen entt u uni nitt (S (SMU MU2) 2) Card dimensions

25 mm wide x 265 mm high x 235 mm deep (0.98 inch wide x 10.43 inch high x 9.25 inch deep)

Tab. ab. 10.5 10.58 8 Technical data of the SMU2

A42022-L5961-D251-2-7618

106

 

Information SURPASS hiT 7500-B 3.13

Technical Description (TED)

Weight

0 .8 k g

Power consumption

Tab. b. 10 10.6 .63 3 see Ta

Front panel LEDs

OK (green) and Fault (red)

Tab. ab. 10.5 10.58 8 Technical data of the SMU2

10.4 10 .4.5 .5

Da Data ta C Com ommu muni nica cati tion on N Net etwo work rk ((DC DCN) N) Max. number of routers per autonomous system

160 (may vary according to the topology)

without filtering Max. number of routers per area

160 (may vary according to the topology)

Max. number of areas per routing domain

50

Max. number of members on a common LAN

30 to 40

Tab. ab. 10.5 10.59 9 DCN specifications

10.5 10.5 10 .5.1 .1

Power supply Ra Rack ck an and ds sub ubra rack ck po powe werr s sup uppl ply y  

Nominal DC supply voltage DC supply voltage range

−48/ −60 V, positive grounded

 

−40.5 V to  −75 V

Number of circuit breakers per subrack

4 (mounted at PDP)

Circuit breaker values for  – OADMB equipped with OLI cards

20 A

 – all other subracks

15/16 A

Tab. ab. 10.6 10.60 0 Rack and subrack power supply

10.5 10 .5.2 .2

Lo Low w Vo Volt ltag age eD Dis isru rupt pt D Dev evic ice e (L (LVD VD)) Inpu Inputt volt voltag age e with within in −39.5 to −37.5 V

 Switc  Swi tchi hing ng c cri rite teri rion on ffor or d disr isrup uptin ting g th the e po powe werr co conn nnec ecti tion on

for more than 100 ms Switching Switchi ng crit criterion erion ffor or aut automati omatic c retur return n to normal normal op operatio eration n

Input voltage voltage within within −47.0 ± 0.5 V

Tab. ab. 10.6 10.61 1 LVD specifications

10.5 10 .5.3 .3

El Elec ectr tric ical al p pow ower er c con onsu sump mpti tion on o off th the e su subr brac acks ks Subrack

Electrical power consumption maximum

Subrack, fully equipped

Single-row subrack: 800 W Double-row subrack: 1150 W

Tab. ab. 10.6 10.62 2 Electrical power consumption of the subracks

107

A42022-L5961-D251-2-7618

 

Technical Description (TED)

Information SURPASS hiT 7500-B 3.13

Subrack

Electrical power consumption maximum

Subr Subrac ack k fo forr OC OCU U netw networ ork k elem elemen ents ts,, fully fully equ equip ippe ped d

11 1160 60 W

Tab. ab. 10.6 10.62 2 Electrical power consumption of the subracks (Cont.)

10.5.4 10. 5.4

Ele Electr ctrica icall p powe owerr c cons onsump umption tion of the car cards ds and uni units ts Card

Electrical power consumption typical

maximum

Fan Box

25 W

50 W

MCU

15 W

25 W

MIBS32-2

1W

1W

MIBS256

1W

1.5 W

OCP-V2

5 .8 W

7.5 W

OCR10R-LH2

35 W

45 W

OCR10R-Regio2

42 W

65 W

OCR10R-V3

35 W

50 W

OCR10R-V5

37 W

43 W

OCR10T-LH2

43 W

55 W

OCR10T-Regio2

42 W

65 W

OCR10T-V3

45 W

60 W

OCR10T-V5

42 W

53 W

OCS

16 W

18 W

OD10

3 .6 W

5.3 W

ODA10

3 .6 W

5.3 W

OF10

3 .0 W

6.0 W

OLIF OLIMINC

3 .0 W 40 W

5.0 W 75 W

OLIMTBNC

40 W

75 W

OLIMTPNC

40 W

75 W

OLISINC

40 W

75 W

OLISTBNC

40 W

75 W

OLISTPNC

40 W

75 W

OLIVINC

30 W

40 W

OLIVSTBNC

30 W

40 W

OLIVTPNC

30 W

40 W

OM10

3 .6 W

5.3 W

OMD4

0.13 W

0.3 W

Tab. ab. 10.6 10.63 3 Electrical power consumption of the cards and units

A42022-L5961-D251-2-7618

108

 

Information SURPASS hiT 7500-B 3.13

Technical Description (TED)

Card

Electrical power consumption typical

maximum

OMDFC

0.2 W

0 .2 W

OPAPC

10 W

16 W

OSCTUI

10 W

18 W

OSCTUT

10 W

18 W

PUMPA

25 W

45 W

PUMPB

25 W

45 W

RPUMP

85 W

110 W

SAB

0.5 W

0 .5 W

SMU2

7W

12 W

TEX LH2

45 W

55 W

TEX Regio2

31 W

34 W

TEX V3

85 W

100 W

TEX V5

47 W

65 W

UDCMB UDCMC

0.13 W 0.2 W

0 .3 W 0 .2 W

Tab. ab. 10.6 10.63 3 Electrical power consumption of the cards and units (Cont.)

10.5.5

ULED bus Nominal voltage

4.7 V ± 10 %

Maximum current

50 mA

Supply by every card

+5 V via a decoupling diode and a serial resistor (4 x 464  Ω in parallel)

Protection against

Overload, short-circuit

Tab. ab. 10.6 10.64 4 ULED bus specifications

10.6 10 .6

Envi Envirronme onment ntal al cond condit itio ions ns Operating range according to

−5˚ to +45 ˚C (temperature of air flowing into the subracks)

ETSI standard 300 019 class 3.1E Operating range according to

+5 to +40 ˚C; short term: +5 to +50 ˚C

Telcordia GR 63 Storage range according to

−25˚ to +55 ˚C

ETSI standard 300 019 class 1.2 Storage range according to

−40˚ to +70˚ C during a maximum of 72 hours

Telcordia GR 63 Climate during transport according to

−40˚ to +70˚ C; 93% humidity at 40˚ C

ETSI standard 300 019 class 2.3

Tab. ab. 10.6 10.65 5 System environmental specifications

109

A42022-L5961-D251-2-7618

 

Technical Description (TED)

Information SURPASS hiT 7500-B 3.13

Humidity Altitude

5% to 90%

 

Earthquake shock / vibration

−100 m to 4000 m Zone 4 (ANSI rack only)

Tab. ab. 10.6 10.65 5 System environmental specifications (Cont.)

10.7 10 .7

Me Mech chan anic ical al data data of the the s sub ubra rac cks Parameter

ETSI

ANSI

Overall height (including cable compartment)

576 m m

576 mm

Overall width with flanges

533 m m

583 mm

Overall width without flanges

500 m m

500 mm

Mounting center distance

515 m m

566.7 mm

Mounting depth (front)

125 m m

125 mm

Rack spacing

600 m m

578 mm

Weight o off the unequipped single-row subrack

19 kg

Tab. ab. 10.6 10.66 6 Dimensions and weight of the single-row subrack

Parameter

ETSI

ANSI

Overall height (including cable compartment)

956 mm

956 m m

Overall width with flanges

533 mm

583 m m

Overall width without flanges

500 mm

500 m m

Mounting center distance

515 mm

566.7 mm

Mounting depth (front)

125 mm

125 m m

Rack spacing

1000 mm

978 m m

Weight o off th the un unequipped do double-row s su ubrack

about 26 kg

Tab. ab. 10.6 10.67 7 Dimensions and weight of the double-row subrack

Parameter

ETSI

ANSI

Overall height (including cable compartment)

876 mm

876 m m

Overall width with flanges

533 mm

583 m m

Overall width without flanges

500 mm

500 m m

Mounting center distance

515 mm

566.7 mm

Mounting depth (front)

125 mm

125 m m

Mounting depth (rear)

155 mm

155 m m

Rack spacing including air outlet

925 mm

889 m m

Tab. ab. 10.6 10.68 8 External dimensions of the double-height subrack

A42022-L5961-D251-2-7618

110

 

Information SURPASS hiT 7500-B 3.13

Technical Description (TED)

Parameter

ETSI

ANSI

Height (rack spacing)

100 m m

88.9 mm

Height

88 m m

88 m m

Width (overall)

533 m m

583 mm

Width between mounting holes

515 m m

567 mm

Depth (max.)

280 m m

280 mm

Weight of the empty DCM tray

about 5 kg

Tab. ab. 10.6 10.69 9 Mechanical specifications of the DCM tray

10.8 10 .8

Mech Mechan anic ical al data data of the the ra rac cks Parameter

Dimension

Height

2200 mm

Height (usable)

2050 mm

Width

600 m m

Usable width between rack uprights

500 m m

Depth

300 m m

Depth (usable)

280 m m

Weight of the unequipped ETSI subrack

about 59 kg

Tab. ab. 10.7 10.70 0 Dimensions of the ETSI rack according to ETS 300

Parameter

Dimension (mm)

Dimension (ft/HU)

2134

7 ft

2286

7 1/2 ft1)

2438

8 ft 1)

1867

42 HU 2) (in a 7 ft rack)

2045 2178

46 HU (in a 7 1/2 ft rack) 49 HU (in a 8 ft rack)

Width

660

2 ft, 2 inch

Usable width between rack uprights

546

21.5 inch

Depth

305

12 inch

Height

Height (usable)

1) In some customer applications, 7 1/2 ft and 8 ft racks are used 2) 1 HU = 1 3/4 inch = 44.45 mm

Tab. ab. 10.7 10.71 1 Dimensions of the ANSI rack

10.9 10. 9

PC req requir uireme ements nts fo forr rrunn unning ing the Ele Elemen mentt Mana Manager ger softsoftware SURP URPASS ASS hi hiT T 75 7500 00-B -B is fi fitt tted ed with ith the the fol follo lowi wing ng co conn nnec ecto tors rs for for a craf craftt term termiina nall (see (see 6.2.3): ): Chapters 6.2.2 and 6.2.2 and 6.2.3  – 1 10 BaseT connector (Q interface);

111

A42022-L5961-D251-2-7618

 

Technical Description (TED)

 –

Information SURPASS hiT 7500-B 3.13

1 RS-232 9 pin D-SUB connector (F interface).

The PC to be used as a craft terminal should at least fulfil the data specified in Ta Tab. b. 10 10.7 .72 2, for running the Element Manager software in LCT mode or NCT mode. CPU

Pentium IV 1.8 GHz (or equivalent)

Memory

1 GByte

Hard disk drive

30 GByte

Monitor

Color monitor 17” recommended

LAN

Ethernet card, 2x 3COM (3C982-TXM)

Operating system

Windows® 2000, Windows® XP

Tab. ab. 10.7 10.72 2 Minimum PC requirements

A42022-L5961-D251-2-7618

112

 

Information SURPASS hiT 7500-B 3.13

11 Abbreviations ACO

Alarm Cut-Off

AIS

Alarm Indication Signal

ANSI

American National Standards Institute

ASE

Amplified Sp Spontaneous Em Emissions

ATM

Asynchronous Transfer Mode

Avg-BER

Average Bi Bit Er Error Ra Rate

BBE

Background Block Error

BER

Bit Error Rate

BIP-8

Bit Interleaved Parity 8

Bw7R

Narrow-rack style 7R

CCM

Card Controller Module

CCU

Channel Connection Unit

CDM

Compressed Data Mode

CDR

Clock and data recovery

CMI CMISE

Code Mark Inversion Common Management Information Service Element

COPA

Connector Panel

CPU

Central Processing Unit

CV

Code violation

DC

Direct Current

DCCMo

Data Com Comm munication Ch Channe nell Mu Multiplex

DCCOo

Data Comm ommunication Channe nell Optical

DCF

Dispersion Compensating Fiber

DCN

Data Communication Network

DMC

Dispersion Managed Cable

D-SUB DTMF

Sub-Miniature Connector Dual Tone Multi Frequency

ECC

Embedded Communication Channel

EM OS

Element Managing Operating System

EM

Element Manager

EMI

Electromagnetic Interference

EOCI

External Optical Connection Indicator

EOL

End Of Life

EOW

Engineering Order Wire

ES

Errored Seconds

ESD

Electrostatic Di Discharge

ETS

European Te Telecommunication St Standard

ETSI

European Te Telecommunication St Standards Institute

Technical Description (TED)

A42022-L5961-D251-2-7618

113

 

Technical Description (TED)

FC

Fiber Channel

FEC

Forward Error Correction

FSS

Fiber Switch Site

G-AIS

Generic A Allarm In Indication Si Signal

GCC GE

Generic Communication Channel Gigabit Ethernet

GND

Ground

GUI

Graphical User Interface

HDLC

High Level Data Link Control

HRL

High Return Loss (connector type)

HU

Height Unit

IF

Interface

IP

Internet Protocol

IS-IS

Integrated system for fulfilling the infrastructure requirements of fiber optics systems

ITU

International T Te elecommunication Un Union

ITU-T

Telecommunication Standardization Sector of ITU

LAN

Local Area Network

LCC

Local Card Controller

LCT

Local Craft Terminal

LED

Light Emitting Diode

LH

Long Haul

LOM

Loss Of Multiframe

LVD

Low Voltage Disconnect (device)

MAF

Management Application Functions

Max-BER

Maximum Bit Error Rat ate e

MCF

Message C Co ommunication Fu Function

MCU MM N NB B

Main Control Unit Master MC MCU North Bo Bound (C (COPA connector)

MM SB

Master MCU South B Bo ound (COPA connector)

MS-AIS

Multiplex Section AIS

MSN

Multi Service Node

NCT

Network Craft Terminal

NEAP

Network Element Alarm Panel

NML

Network Management Layer

NRZ

Non Return to Zero

OAS

Optical Amplifier Site

OC OCP

Optical Carrier Optical Channel Protection

Information SURPASS hiT 7500-B 3.13

A42022-L5961-D251-2-7618

114

 

Information SURPASS hiT 7500-B 3.13

Technical Description (TED)

OCR10R

Optical Channel Repeater 10 Gbit/s Regenerator

OCR1 OC R10T 0T

Opt ptic ical al Ch Chan anne nell R Rep epea eate terr 1 10 0G Gbi bit/ t/s s Tra Trannsponder

OCS

Optical Channel Switch

OCU

Optical Channel Unit

OD10

Optical De Demultiplexer c ca ard, 10 10 ch channels

ODA10

Opt ptiical Demul ulti tipl ple exer card wi with VO VOAs, 10 10 channels

ODU

Optical Data Unit

OH

Overhead

OLISINC

Opt ptiical LIne Interfac ace e Inline amplifier (b (ba asic version) for C band systems

OLISTB OLI STBNC NC

Opt Optica icall Line Interfa Interface ce ShortShort-spa span n Term Terminal inal Booster for C band

OLISTP OLI STPNC NC

Opt Optica icall Line Interfa Interface ce ShortShort-spa span n Term Terminal inal Preamplifier for C band

OLRB

Optical inLine Repeater Basic

OM10

Optical Multiplexer card with VOA, 10 channels

OMDFC

Opt ptiical Multiplexer/ r/D Demul multiplex exe er Filters for C band

OOB EFEC EFEC

Out Out-of -of-Ba -Band nd Super Super Forw Forward ard Error Error CorrecCorrection

OPAPC

Optical Performance Analyzer "Power" card for C band

OPU

Optical Payload Unit

OS

Operating System

OSAR

Optical S Siignal-to-accumulated-ASE Ra Ratio

OSCT

Optical Supervisory Channel Termination

OSC OS CTU TUII

Opt ptic ical al Supe Superv rviiso sory ry Cha hann nnel el Term Termin inat atio ion n card Unidirectional for the Intermediate nodes

OSCT OS CTUT UT

Opti Optica call Su Supe perv rvis isor ory y Ch Chan anne nell Te Term rmin inat atio ion n card Unidirectional for the Terminal sites

OSI

Open Systems Interconnection

OSNR

Optical Signal to Noise Ratio

OSS

Optical Switch Site

OTH

Optical Transport Hierarchy

OTT

Optical Transport Terminal

OTTB

Optical Transport Terminal Basic

OTU

Optical Transport Unit

PC

Personal Computer

PCB

Peripheral Control Bus

PCB

Printed Circuit Board

,

A42022-L5961-D251-2-7618

115

 

Technical Description (TED)

PCM

Puls Code Modulation

PDH

Plesiochronous Digital Hierarchy

PDL

Polarization Dependent Loss

PDP

Power Distribution Panel

PLM PMD

Payload Mismatch Polarization Mode Dispersion

PSU

Power Supply Unit

PUMPA

Pump card, 1480 nm

PUMPB

Pump card, 1495 nm

Q

Interface to a Telecommunication Management Network

Q3

Interface between a network element and an operating system in the public network

QD2

System interface with SISA system

Q-F

Operating Terminal Interface

QoS

Quality of Service (alarms)

QST

Proprietary Q Interface

RAM

Random-Access Memory

RDS

Relative Dispersion Slope

RFC

Request for Comments

RPUMP

Raman Pump card

Rx

Receive signal

SAB

Subrack Address Board

SDH

Synchronous Digital Hierarchy

SEFS

Severely Errored Framing Seconds

SELV

Safety Extra Low Voltage

SEMF

Synchronous Equipment Management Function

SerDes SES

Serializer / deserializer Severely Errored Seconds

SFEC

Super forward error correction

SFP

Small Form fa factor, Pluggable (module)

SIPAC

Siemens Packaging system

SNMP

Simple N Ne etwork Ma Management Pr Protocol

SONET

Synchronous Op Optical Ne Network

SPI

Synchronous Peripheral Interface

SPM

Self Phase Modulation

SRAM

Static RAM

SRS

Stimulated Raman Scattering

SSM

Synchronization S Sttatus Me Message

SSMF sV.11

Standard Single Mode Fiber Similar to V.11 (interface)

Information SURPASS hiT 7500-B 3.13

A42022-L5961-D251-2-7618

116

 

Information SURPASS hiT 7500-B 3.13

TCA

Threshold Crossing Alert

TEX

Ten Gigabit Multiplexer

TF

Transmit Fail (alarm)

THz

Tera-Hertz ((1 1 TH THz = 1 000 00 000 00 0 00 00 000 Hz Hz)

TIF TIM

Telemetry Interface Trace Identifier Mismatch

TMN

Telecommunication Managment Network

TNMS

Telecommunications N et etwork M an anagement System

Tx

Transmit signal

UAS

Unavailable Seconds

UDC UD CMC

Uni nidi dire rec cti tion onal al Dis ispe pers rsiion Compe ompens nsat atio ion n Module for C band

ULH

Ultra Long Haul

VCDB

Variable Configurable Data Block

VOA

Variable Optical Attenuator

WDM

Wavelength Division Multiplexing

XPM

Cross Phase Modulation

Technical Description (TED)

A42022-L5961-D251-2-7618

117

 

Technical Description (TED)

Information SURPASS hiT 7500-B 3.13

A42022-L5961-D251-2-7618

118

 

Information SURPASS hiT 7500-B 3.13

Technical Description (TED)

12 Index Symbols

OMD2IC 49 OMDFC 49 OPAPC 49

@CT management system 75

Numerics

15 km client interface 67 2 km client interface 67 2 Mbit/s Optical Supervisory Channel (OSC) 50

A Access management 71 Accumulated ASE 27 Actors (TIF) 31 Administration 77 Airflow guides in the subrack 61 AIS behavior 34 Alarm filtering 33 Alarm types 32 Alarms (card, shelf, rack) 34 Alarms (Element Manager) 34 ALS 21 Amplified spontaneous emissions 27 ASE correction 27 Automatic Laser Shutdown (ALS) 21

C Card alarms 65 design overview 62 front LEDs 65 grounding frame (ESD) 62 insertion and removal aids 64 power supply (DC/DC converter) 43 Card overview list 41 Cards MCU 44 MIBS32-2, MIBS256 45 OCP OCP-V2 45 OCR10R-LH2 46 OCR10R-Regio2 46 OCR10R-V3 46 OCR10R-V5 46 OCR10T-LH2 46 OCR10T-Regio2 46 OCR10T-V3 46 OCR10T-V5 47 OD10 47 ODA10 47 OLISINC 48 OLISTBNC 48 OLISTPNC 48 OM10 47

OSCTUI OSCTUT50 50 PUMPA, PUMPB 51 RPUMP 51 SAB 52 SABM 52 SMU2 52 TEX LH2 52 TEX Regio2 52 TEX V3 52 TEX V5 52 UDCMC 53 Categories of alarms 32 CCU network element 40 Client interfaces, SFP modules 67 Clock and data recovery (SFP module) 66 Clock generation 28 Clock input signal 28 Cold start 68 Connector panel, front elements 58 COPA, front elements 58 Correction of ASE 27 Craft terminal, PC requirements 111

D Data communication network 29 DC/DC converter on card 43 DCC use for generic communication channels 30 DCN 29 Debug port on the card front 66 Demultiplexer card, optical 47 Designing a network structure 81 DWDM route planning 80 DWDM system 16

E Element management layer 70 Element Manager 77 Element Manager, alarm informations 34 Element Manager, SURPASS hiT 7500 77 Engineering order wire (EOW) 30 Eo and Fo bytes used for EOW 30 EOW 30 bytes 30 coding 30 connector 60 telephone number Error correction (SFEC)3122 ESD grounding frame on the card 62

119

A42022-L5961-D251-2-7618

 

Technical Description (TED)

Ethernet connector (COPA) 58 Ethernet connector (NEAP) 57

Information SURPASS hiT 7500-B 3.13

LVD 55

M F F interface 72 f1 to f8 alarm filters 33 Faceplate for the MCU-B card 61 Fault indication by card LEDs 65 Fault LED on the card front 65 Fault management 32, 77 Filtering of alarms 33 Fo and Eo bytes used for EOW 30 Fo/NU1/NU2 bytes used for sV.11 channels 31 Frequency bands 17 Functional View 78

Management information base (MIBS32-2, MIBS256) 45 Management interface types 28 MCU card 44 Mechanical coding, SIPAC connector 64 Mechanical design of the cards 62 MIBS32-2, MIBS256 cards 45 Module(s) see Card(s) Monitors (TIF) 31 Multiplexer card, optical 47

N G GCC 30 Generic communication channel 30 Grounding frame on the card (ESD) 62

H Highlights of the SURPASS hiT 7500 15

I Indications by card LEDs 65 Indications by NEAP LEDs 57 Insertion and removal aids on the card 64 Interface types for network element management 28 Interface, user 77

K Kinds of COPA 58 OCR10R cards 46 OCR10T cards 46 pump cards 90 TEX cards 52

NCT mode 74 NE management interfaces 28 NEAP front elements 57 Network access management 71 Network architecture 16mode 74 Network Craft Terminal Network Element Alarm Panel 57 Network element management interface types 28 Network elements CCU 40 OADMB 39 OCU 40 OLRB 39 OTTB 39 Network management 70 interfaces 72 Network management layer 70 Network planning tool (TransNet) 80 Network structure design 81 NU1/NU2/Fo bytes used for sV.11 channels 31

O

Lamp test 58 Laser automatic restart 21 forced shutdown 21 safety mechanisms 19 shutdown 21 LCT mode 74 LEDs on the card front 65 on the NEAP 57

OADMB network element 39 OCP OCP-V2 cards 45 OCR10R-LH2 cards 46 OCR10R-Regio2 card 46 OCR10R-V3 card 46 OCR10R-V5 card 46 OCR10T-LH2 cards 46 OCR10T-Regio2 card 46 OCR10T-V3 card 46 OCR10T-V5 card 47 OCU network element 40 OD10 card 47 ODA10 card 47

List of the cards 41 Local Craft Terminal mode 74 Low Voltage Disconnect device 55

ODU sub-layer 22 OK LED on the card front 65 OLISINC card 48

L

A42022-L5961-D251-2-7618

120

 

Information SURPASS hiT 7500-B 3.13

OLISTBNC card 48 OLRB network element 39 OM10 card 47 OMD2IC card 49 OMDFC card 49 Online help 13 OPAPC card 49 Optical / electrical conversion, SFP modules 66 Optical safety mechanisms 19 Optical supervisory channel 29 OPU sub-layer 22 OSC, Optical Supervisory Channel 50 OSCTUI card 50 OSCTUT card 50 OTTB network element 39 OTU sub-layer 22 Overview list of the cards 41

P Password safety 71 PC requirements (craft terminal) 111 PDP 55 Peltier controlling elements on pump cards 51 Performance management 77 Planning tool, TransNet 80 Plug-in unit(s), plug-in module(s) see Card(s) Power consumption of the subracks 107 Power distribution panel 55 Preamplifier cards 48 Principle of Raman amplification 52 Pump card variants 90 PUMPA, PUMPB cards 51

Q Q3 interface 72

R Raman amplification principle 52 crosstalk 53 pump card 51 Reboot 68 Recovery of clock and data (SFP module) 66 Requirements, PC (craft terminal) 111 Route planning, DWDM 80 RPUMP card 51

S SAB card 52 SABM card 52 Safety mechanisms (laser) 19 Security management (users) 71 Self Phase Modulation (SPM) 53

Technical Description (TED)

Sensors (TIF) see Monitors 31 Serializer / deserializer (SFP module) 66 Service management layer 70 SFP modules 66 Shelf alarms 58 SIPAC connector, mechanical coding 64 SMU2 cards 52 Software management 77 Span loss supervision 28 SPM (Self Phase Modulation) 53 SRS (Stimulated Raman scattering) 52 Standard alarm filters 33 Startup 68 Startup indications by card LEDs 65 Stimulated Raman Scattering (SRS) 52 Subrack address information 52 Subrack alarms 58 Subsystems OCU 40 OTTB 39 Supervision of span loss 28 SURPASS hiT 7500 Element Manager 77 sV.11 channels 31 Synchronization 28 System highlights 15 System startup 68

T TCA 32 Telemetry interface 31 Telephone number (EOW) 31 Temperature sensors with pump cards 51 Testing the LEDs (lamp test) 58 TEX LH2 cards 52 TEX Regio2 card 52 TEX TEX V3 V5 card card 52 52 Threshold crossing alert 32 TIF 31 TNMS Core/CDM 75 TNMS Core/CDM, system architecture 76 TNMS CT 73 Tool for network planning (TransNet) 80 TransNet planning tool 80 Tray for UDCMC modules 55 Types of alarms 32

U UDCMC module 53 UDCMC tray 55 ULED 65 ULED bus, technical data 109 Unidirectional Dispersion Compensation Modules

A42022-L5961-D251-2-7618

121

 

Technical Description (TED)

(UDCMs) 53 User access control 71 User data channels (sV.11) 31 User login control 71

V Variants of COPA 58 OCR10R cards 46 OCR10T cards 46 pump cards 90 TEX cards 52

W Warm start 68 Wavelength band overview 17

Information SURPASS hiT 7500-B 3.13